TW201113312A - Thermosetting composition for protective film for wiring board - Google Patents

Thermosetting composition for protective film for wiring board Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201113312A
TW201113312A TW099121718A TW99121718A TW201113312A TW 201113312 A TW201113312 A TW 201113312A TW 099121718 A TW099121718 A TW 099121718A TW 99121718 A TW99121718 A TW 99121718A TW 201113312 A TW201113312 A TW 201113312A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
component
wiring board
protective film
formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW099121718A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI495662B (en
Inventor
Kazuhiko Ooga
Ritsuko Azuma
Mina Onishi
Original Assignee
Showa Denko Kk
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Showa Denko Kk filed Critical Showa Denko Kk
Publication of TW201113312A publication Critical patent/TW201113312A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI495662B publication Critical patent/TWI495662B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/40High-molecular-weight compounds
    • C08G18/42Polycondensates having carboxylic or carbonic ester groups in the main chain
    • C08G18/44Polycarbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/20Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the epoxy compounds used
    • C08G59/22Di-epoxy compounds
    • C08G59/24Di-epoxy compounds carbocyclic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/20Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the epoxy compounds used
    • C08G59/32Epoxy compounds containing three or more epoxy groups
    • C08G59/3218Carbocyclic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/15Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen in the ring
    • C08K5/151Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen in the ring having one oxygen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/1515Three-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D175/00Coating compositions based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D175/04Polyurethanes
    • C09D175/06Polyurethanes from polyesters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • H05K3/285Permanent coating compositions

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Non-Metallic Protective Coatings For Printed Circuits (AREA)
  • Polyurethanes Or Polyureas (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board, which has excellent low warpage properties, flexibility, and long-term insulation reliability. The thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board comprises, as essential components, an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, polyurethane having a structural unit represented by formula (1) and having a functional group which can react with an epoxy group, and a solvent. In formula (1), R1 represents an alkylene group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. As the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, a compound represented by formula (2) is preferably used.

Description

201113312 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係有關新規之配線板的保護膜用熱硬化性組成 物、將該保護膜用熱硬化性組成物硬化所得之配線板之保 護膜、藉由該保護膜被覆之撓性配線板及藉由該保護膜被 覆之撓性配線板之製造方法。更詳細而言係有關低翹曲性 、可撓性、長期電絕緣信賴性優異之配線板的保護膜用熱 硬化性組成物、將該保護膜用熱硬化性組成物硬化所得之 配線板之保護膜、以該保護膜被覆一部份或全部之撓性配 線板及藉由該保護膜被覆之撓性配線板之製造方法。 【先前技術】 以往,撓性配線電路的表面保護膜係製作配合圖型之 模具’對被稱爲覆蓋膜(Cover lay )之聚醯亞胺薄膜進行 沖切(p u n c h i n g )後,使用接著劑黏貼的型式、或藉由網 版印刷法塗佈具有可撓性之紫外線硬化型、或熱硬化型保 護膜劑的型式者,特別是後者在作業性方面較有用。此等 硬化型保護膜劑例如主要有環氧樹脂系、丙烯酸樹脂系、 或由這些複合系所構成之樹脂組成物。這些特別是導入丁 二烯骨架、矽氧烷骨架、聚碳酸酯二醇骨架、長鏈脂肪族 骨架等進行改質等的樹脂爲主成分者較多,藉此儘可能壓 抑表面保護膜原先所具備之耐熱性、或耐藥品性、電絕緣 性之降低,同時提高柔軟性、或抑制因硬化收縮所造成的 翹曲產生。 201113312 然而,近年,隨著電子機器之輕量小型化,撓性基板 也輕薄化,因此,外覆(over coat)的樹脂組成物之柔軟 性或硬化收縮的影響變得更顯著。因此,目前,硬化型式 保護膜劑在柔軟性或藉由硬化收縮造成之翹曲上,仍未能 滿足所要求的性能。 例如特開平1 1 -6 1 03 8號公報(專利文獻1 )中揭示 使用聚丁二烯之嵌段異氰酸酯與多元醇的樹脂組成物,其 硬化物在柔軟性或收縮率方面雖優異,但是耐熱性不足。 特開2004- 1 3 73 70號公報(專利文獻2 )中揭示含有 使聚碳酸酯二醇與二異氰酸酯化合物進行反應所得之兩末 端二異氰酸酯聚胺基甲酸乙酯與偏苯三酸進行反應之聚醯 胺醯亞胺樹脂與胺型環氧樹脂的組成物,但是由聚醯胺醯 亞胺樹脂與胺型環氧樹脂所得之硬化物有電氣特性之長期 信賴性不足的缺點。 特開2006-307 1 83號公報(專利文獻3 )號公報中揭 示含有含羧基聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺與環氧化聚丁二烯 的組成物,但是此組成物經乾燥除去溶劑時,含羧基聚胺 基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺與環氧化聚丁二烯容易產生相分離構 造,且具有不易形成均一皮膜的缺點。 又,特開2004-1 82792號公報(專利文獻4)中雖揭 示具備有機矽氧烷骨架的聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,但是其硬化 物與基材之密著性不佳,且必須使用如N-甲基-2-吡咯烷 酮之特殊溶劑,特別是網版印刷時有時必須溶解乳劑,故 會有問題。 -6- 201113312 又,特開2006-3 48278號公報(專利文獻5 )中揭示 含有具有選自聚丁二烯多元醇、聚異戊二烯多元醇、氫化 聚丁二烯多元醇及氫化聚異戊二烯多元醇所成群之多元醇 單位之含殘基聚胺基甲酸乙酯與環氧化合物的組成物。例 如著眼於使用於COF ( Chip on Film )組裝方式之電路圖 型形成方法時’現今以C Ο F組裝方式廣泛地被一般使用 的配線係以移除法(s u b t r a c t i v e m e t h 〇 d )所生產者。此等 移除法所生產之配線用的絕緣被膜,在專利文獻5所揭示 之含組成物所得的硬化物具有充分的絕緣性能。 此外,特開2〇〇7- 1 003 7號公報(專利文獻6 )中揭 示含有具有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機殘基之含羧基聚胺 基甲酸乙酯與環氧化合物之焊料光阻油墨。關於由此組成 物所得之硬化物,以移除法所生產之配線用的絕緣被膜, 在專利文獻6所揭示之焊料光阻油墨具有充分的絕緣性能 先行技術文獻 專利文獻 專利文獻1特開平1 1 - 6 1 0 3 8號公報 專利文獻2特開2 0 0 4 - 1 3 7 3 7 0號公報 專利文獻3特開2 0 0 6 - 3 0 7 1 8 3號公報 專利文獻4特開2004-182792號公報 專利文獻5特開2006-348278號公報 專利文獻6特開2007-100037號公報 201113312 【發明內容】 發明槪要 發明欲解決的課題 但是隨著半加成製程法(Semi Additive Process)發 展,撓性配線板之配線間距離可能變更狹窄(例如20μηι 間距以下)。 隨著更狹窄間距化,需要開發電絕緣性能更好的樹脂 〇 本發明之目的係提供柔軟,且即使半加成製程法也可 得到電絕緣特性良好之保護膜之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化 性組成物、將該組成物硬化所得之配線板之保護膜、藉由 該保護膜被覆之撓性配線板、及撓性配線板之製造方法。 解決課題的手段 本發明人等爲了解決上述課題精心硏究的結果,發現 使用含有具有特定構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯、具有特定 構造之含環氧基化合物及溶劑的硬化性組成物時,將該組 成物進行硬化時之翹曲小,將此硬化性組成物硬化所得之 硬化物,可撓性及電絕緣特性優異,遂完成本發明。 換言之,本發明(I)係一種配線板之保護膜用熱硬 化性組成物,其係以具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物 、具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示 之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯及溶劑爲必須成分。 201113312[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board of a new standard, a protective film for a wiring board obtained by curing the protective film with a thermosetting composition, A flexible wiring board covered with the protective film and a method of manufacturing the flexible wiring board covered by the protective film. More specifically, it is a thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board which is excellent in low warpage, flexibility, and long-term electrical insulation reliability, and a wiring board obtained by curing the protective film with a thermosetting composition. A protective film, a flexible wiring board in which a part or all of the protective film is covered, and a method of manufacturing a flexible wiring board covered with the protective film. [Prior Art] Conventionally, a surface protective film of a flexible wiring circuit is formed by a mold having a pattern, and a polyimine film called a cover is punched and then adhered using an adhesive. The type or the type of the ultraviolet curable type or the thermosetting type protective film which is flexible by the screen printing method, especially the latter is useful in workability. The hardening type protective film agent is mainly composed of, for example, an epoxy resin type, an acrylic resin type, or a resin composition composed of these composite systems. In particular, many of the resins which have been modified, such as a butadiene skeleton, a decane skeleton, a polycarbonate diol skeleton, and a long-chain aliphatic skeleton, are mainly used as a main component, thereby suppressing the original surface protective film as much as possible. It has reduced heat resistance, chemical resistance, and electrical insulation, and at the same time improves flexibility or suppresses warpage caused by hardening shrinkage. 201113312 However, in recent years, with the miniaturization and miniaturization of electronic equipment, the flexible substrate is also light and thin, so that the influence of the softness or hardening shrinkage of the over-coated resin composition becomes more remarkable. Therefore, at present, the hardened type protective film agent fails to satisfy the required properties in terms of flexibility or warpage caused by hardening shrinkage. For example, JP-A No. 1 1-6 1 03 (Patent Document 1) discloses a resin composition using a block isocyanate of polybutadiene and a polyol, and the cured product is excellent in flexibility or shrinkage, but is excellent in flexibility or shrinkage. Insufficient heat resistance. JP-A-2004-135A 70 (Patent Document 2) discloses a reaction of a terminal diisocyanate polyurethane and a trimellitic acid obtained by reacting a polycarbonate diol with a diisocyanate compound. A composition of a polyamide-imine resin and an amine-type epoxy resin, but a cured product obtained from a polyamide-imide resin and an amine-type epoxy resin has a disadvantage of insufficient long-term reliability of electrical properties. JP-A-2006-307 1 83 (Patent Document 3) discloses a composition containing a carboxyl group-containing polyurethane polyethylenimine and an epoxidized polybutadiene, but the composition is dried to remove the solvent. At the same time, the carboxyl group-containing polyurethane polyethylenimine and the epoxidized polybutadiene are likely to have a phase separation structure and have a disadvantage that it is difficult to form a uniform film. Further, JP-A-2004-1 82792 (Patent Document 4) discloses a polyamidoximine resin having an organic siloxane skeleton, but the cured product and the substrate have poor adhesion and must be used. A special solvent such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, especially in screen printing, sometimes has to dissolve the emulsion, which is problematic. Further, JP-A-2006-3 48278 (Patent Document 5) discloses that it contains a polybutadiene polyol, a polyisoprene polyol, a hydrogenated polybutadiene polyol, and a hydrogenation polymerization. A composition of a residue-containing polyurethane and an epoxy compound in a polyol unit in which the isoprene polyol is grouped. For example, when focusing on the circuit pattern forming method used in the COF (Chip On Film) assembly method, the wiring system widely used in the C Ο F assembly method is currently produced by the removal method (s u b t r a c t i v e m e t h 〇 d ). The insulating film for wiring produced by such a removal method has sufficient insulating properties as the cured product obtained by the composition disclosed in Patent Document 5. Further, a solder containing a carboxyl group-containing polyurethane and an epoxy compound having an organic residue derived from a dimer diol is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 2-7-003 (Patent Document 6). Photoresist ink. With respect to the cured product obtained by the composition, the insulating film for wiring produced by the removal method, the solder resist ink disclosed in Patent Document 6 has sufficient insulating properties. PRIOR ART DOCUMENT Patent Document Patent Document 1 1 - 6 1 0 3 No. 2 Patent Publication No. 2 0 0 4 - 1 3 7 3 7 0 Patent Document 3 Special Opening 2 0 0 6 - 3 0 7 1 8 No. 3 Patent Document 4 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE INVENTION However, with the semi-additive process (Semi Additive Process), the method of the present invention is disclosed in the Japanese Patent Application Publication No. JP-A-2006-348278. In development, the wiring distance between flexible wiring boards may be narrow (for example, 20 μm or less). With the narrower pitch, it is necessary to develop a resin having better electrical insulating properties. The object of the present invention is to provide a protective film for a wiring board which is soft and can obtain a protective film having good electrical insulating properties even in a semi-additive process. A curable composition, a protective film of a wiring board obtained by curing the composition, a flexible wiring board covered with the protective film, and a method of producing a flexible wiring board. Means for Solving the Problems As a result of careful study of the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that when a curable composition containing a specific structural unit of a polyurethane and a solvent having a specific structure and an epoxy group-containing compound and a solvent is used, The cured product obtained by curing the curable composition is small in warpage, and the cured product obtained by curing the curable composition is excellent in flexibility and electrical insulating properties, and the present invention has been completed. In other words, the present invention (I) is a thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board, which is an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and The polyurethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and a solvent are essential components. 201113312

(式中,R1係表示碳數3〜18之伸院基,η係表示1以上 之整數)。 本發明(Π )係將本發明(丨)之配線板之保護膜用 熱硬化性組成物硬化所得之配線板之保護膜。 本發明(III )係一種以保護膜被覆的撓性配線板, 其特徵係在撓性基板上形成配線所成之撓性配線板之形成 配線之表面之一部份或全部被本發明(11 )之配線板之保 護膜所被覆。 本發明(IV )係一種以保護膜被覆之撓性配線板的製 造方法,其特徵係使本發明(I )之配線板之保護膜用熱 硬化性組成物印刷至撓性配線板之經鍍錫處理的配線圖型 部,在該圖型上形成印刷膜,將該印刷膜以8 0~ 1 3 0 °C加熱 硬化,形成保護膜。 更詳細而言,本發明係以下之[1 ]~[ 1 2]之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物、[13]之配線板之保護膜、[I4]之 撓性配線板及[1 5 ]之撓性配線板之製造方法。 〔1〕一種配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其特 徵係以具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物、具有可與環 氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示之構造單位的 聚胺基甲酸乙酯及溶劑爲必須成分。 〔2〕如第〔1〕項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成 -9 - 201113312 物,其中具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物爲具有三環 [5.2.1.02,6]癸烷構造或三環[3.3·1.13’7]癸烷構造’且具有 芳香環構造的含環氧基化合物。 〔3〕如第〔2〕項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成 物,其中具有三環癸院構造之含環氧基化合物爲式(2) 表示之化合物,(wherein R1 represents a stretching group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and η represents an integer of 1 or more). The present invention is a protective film for a wiring board obtained by curing a protective film of a wiring board of the present invention with a thermosetting composition. The present invention (III) is a flexible wiring board covered with a protective film, which is characterized in that part or all of the surface of the flexible wiring board on which the wiring is formed on the flexible substrate is formed by the present invention (11). ) The protective film of the wiring board is covered. The present invention (IV) is a method for producing a flexible wiring board covered with a protective film, which is characterized in that a protective film for a wiring board of the invention (I) is printed on a flexible wiring board with a thermosetting composition. In the wiring pattern portion of the tin treatment, a printing film is formed on the pattern, and the printing film is heat-cured at 80 to 130 ° C to form a protective film. More specifically, the present invention is a thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board of the following [1] to [1 2], a protective film for a wiring board of [13], a flexible wiring board of [I4], and [1 5 ] Manufacturing method of flexible wiring board. [1] A thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board, characterized by comprising an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and having the formula (1) The structural unit of the polyurethane and the solvent are essential components. [2] The thermosetting composition of the protective film of the wiring board of the item [1], wherein the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure has a tricyclic ring [5.2.1.02, 6]. An epoxy-containing compound having a decane structure or a tricyclo[3.3.1.1'7]decane structure and having an aromatic ring structure. [3] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the item [2], wherein the epoxy group-containing compound having a three-ring brothel structure is a compound represented by the formula (2).

(式中,1係表示〇或1以上之整數)。 〔4〕如第〔1〕〜〔3〕項中任一項之配線板之保護膜 用熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能基’ 且具有以式(1)表示之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯爲具 有可與環氧基反應之官能基’且具有以式(1)表示之構 造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。 〔5〕如第〔1〕〜〔4〕項中任一項之配線板之保護膜 用熱硬化性組成物,其中可與環氧基反應之官能基爲羧基 〇 〔6〕如第〔1〕~〔 4〕項中任一項之配線板之保護膜 用熱硬化性組成物,其中可與環氧基反應之官能基爲酸酐 基。 〔7〕如第〔4〕或〔5〕項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬 化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有 -10- 201113312 以式(1 )表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之 Bsc乙醋聚釀亞肢爲使下述成分(a) ~成分(d) 所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺, 成分(a)二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、及 成分(d )式(3 )表示之2官能性羥基末端(In the formula, 1 represents 〇 or an integer of 1 or more). [4] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of [1] to [3], which has a functional group which can react with an epoxy group and has a formula (1) The structural unit of the polyurethane is a polyurethane having a functional group which can react with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further having a quinone bond. amine. [5] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein the functional group reactive with the epoxy group is a carboxyl group [6] as in [1]. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of the items 4 to 4, wherein the functional group reactive with the epoxy group is an acid anhydride group. [7] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the item [4] or [5], which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has a -10-201113312 represented by the formula (1) The structural unit, the Bsc vinegar polyglycol having the quinone imine bond is a polyurethane polyethylenimine obtained by the following components (a) to (d), component (a) diisocyanate And component (b) has a (poly)carbonate polyol derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a diol having a carboxyl group as component (c), and a difunctional compound represented by formula (3) (3) Hydroxyl end

(式中’ R2、R3係各自獨立表示2價之脂肪族骂 烴基,Y 1係表示由四羧酸或其酸酐基所衍生之4 基’ X1係表示由二胺或二異氰酸酯所衍生之2 f| ,111係0〜20之整數)。 〔8〕如第〔4〕或〔6〕項之配線板之保護月| 化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能基, 以式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之涛 酸乙酯聚醯亞胺爲具有選自由式(4)〜式(6)戶/ 至少1種構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺, 胺基甲 行反應 機殘基 亞胺, (3) 芳香族 價有機 有機基 用熱硬 且具有 胺基甲 成群之 -11 - (4) 201113312(wherein R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic anthracene hydrocarbon group, and Y 1 means a 4-base derived from a tetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride group thereof. X 1 represents a derivative derived from a diamine or a diisocyanate 2 f| , 111 is an integer from 0 to 20). [8] The protective composition of the wiring board of the item [4] or [6], which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further has a hydrazine The imine bond ethyl sulphate polyethylenimine is a polyamidoethylamine having a structure selected from the group consisting of formula (4) to formula (6) / at least one structural unit, and the amine group A reaction machine Residual imine, (3) Aromatic valence organic organic group with thermosetting and having a group of amine groups -11 - (4) 201113312

(式中,複數個R4係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,複 數個R5係各自獨立爲碳數3~ 18之伸烷基,a及b係各自 獨立爲1〜20之整數,複數個X2係各自獨立爲2價有機基(wherein, a plurality of R4 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and a plurality of R5 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and each of a and b is independently an integer of 1 to 20 , a plurality of X2 systems are each independently a divalent organic group

(式中,複數個R6係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,複 數個R7係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,c及d係各自 獨立爲1〜2 0之整數,複數個X3係各自獨立爲2價有機基 ,Y2 係 CH2、S02 或 0。)(wherein, the plurality of R6 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the plurality of R7 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the c and d systems are each independently 1 to 2 0. Integer, a plurality of X3 systems are each independently a divalent organic group, and Y2 is a CH2, S02 or 0.)

(6) (式中,複數個R8係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,複 數個R9係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,e及f係各自 獨立爲1〜2 0之整數,複數個X4係各自獨立爲2價有機基 ,Y3係下述式(7 )〜式(33 )中任一的基團。) -12- (7) 201113312(6) (wherein, the plurality of R8 systems are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the plurality of R9 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the e and f systems are each independently 1 to 1). An integer of 20, a plurality of X4 systems are each independently a divalent organic group, and Y3 is a group of any one of the following formulas (7) to (33).) -12- (7) 201113312

-13- (12) 201113312-13- (12) 201113312

(13)(13)

(14)(14)

(15〉(15>

(16) -14- (17) 201113312(16) -14- (17) 201113312

(18)(18)

(19)(19)

(2 0)(2 0)

(2 1) -15 - 201113312(2 1) -15 - 201113312

(2 2)(twenty two)

(2 3)(twenty three)

(2 4)(twenty four)

(2 5)(2 5)

(2 7) -16- 201113312(2 7) -16- 201113312

(2 8)(2 8)

(2 9)(2 9)

(3 0)(3 0)

(3 1)(3 1)

(3 2) (3 3) 〔9〕如第〔1〕~〔 3〕項中任一項之配線板之保護膜 用熱硬化性組成物,其中 具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表 «* 示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯爲使下述成分(a )、成 -17- 201113312 分(b )、成分(c )及成分(e )進行反應所得之聚胺基 甲酸乙酯, 成分(a)二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、 成分(e) 1分子中具有3個以上之羥基的化合物。 〔10〕如第〔1〕〜〔3〕 、 〔5〕 、 〔6〕及〔9〕項中 任一項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可 與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示之構造單 位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯爲再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機 殘基的聚胺基甲酸乙酯。 〔1 1〕如第〔1〕〜〔1 〇〕項中任一項之配線板之保護 膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中溶劑爲含有在大氣壓下,具有 1 7 0 °C以上,未達2 0 0 °C之沸點之至少1種溶劑與在大氣壓 下’具有200°C〜220°C之沸點之至少1種溶劑的混合溶劑 〇 〔1 2〕如第〔1〕〜〔1 1〕項中任一項之配線板之保護 膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中以選自下述A群中之至少1 種之溶劑與選自下述B群中之至少1種之溶劑爲必須成分 的混合溶劑, 、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯 A群:二乙二醇二甲醚(沸點162t:)、二乙二醇二 乙醚(沸點189。(:)、二乙二醇乙基甲醚(沸點176t ) 、二丙二醇二甲醚(沸點1 7 1 °C ) -18- 201113312 (沸點1 7 1 °C )、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯(沸點1 92。(:) B群:二乙二醇丁基甲醚(沸點2 1 2 °C )、三丙二醇 二甲醚(沸點2 1 5 °C )、三乙二醇二甲醚(沸點2 1 6 t ) 、乙二醇二丁醚(沸點203 °C)、二乙二醇二單乙醚乙酸 酯(沸點2 1 7 °C ) 、r - 丁內酯(沸點2 0 4 °C )。 〔1 3〕一種配線板之保護膜’其特徵係使如第〔1〕〜 〔1 2〕項中任一項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物硬 化所得之配線板之保護膜。 〔1 4〕一種以保護膜被覆的撓性配線板,其特徵係在 撓性基板上形成配線所成之撓性配線板之形成配線之表面 之一部份或全部被如第〔1 3〕項之配線板之保護膜所被覆 〇 〔1 5〕一種以保護膜被覆之撓性配線板的製造方法, 其特徵係使如第〔1〕〜〔1 2〕項中任一項之配線板之保護 膜用熱硬化性組成物印刷至撓性配線板之經鍍錫處理的配 線圖型部,在該圖型上形成印刷膜,將該印刷膜以 8〇〜130°C加熱硬化,形成保護膜。 發明效果 本發明的硬化物爲無黏性,使用性良好,可撓性及耐 濕性良好,更具有高水準的長期電絕緣信賴性,且具有低 翹曲性,與基材或底部塡充材之密著性良好,耐溶劑性亦 良好。因此,於如撓性配線板或聚醯亞胺薄膜之撓性基材 上塗佈本發明之熱硬化性組成物,其後藉由硬化反應作成 -19* 201113312 硬化物(保護膜)時,附保護膜的撓性配線板或附保護膜 的撓性基材的翹曲較小,容易進行其後1C晶片搭載步驟 之位置對準。 又,本發明的硬化物因具有可撓性,故可提供不易產 生龜裂之附電絕緣保護膜的撓性配線板(例如,COF等撓 性印刷配線板)。 [實施發明之形態] 以下具體地說明本發明。 首先說明本發明(I )。 本發明(Ο係以具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合 物、具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表 示之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯及溶劑爲必須成分的配線 板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物。(3) The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of the items [1] to [3], which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, Further, the polyurethane having the structural unit shown by the formula (1) of the formula (1) is subjected to the following components (a), -17-201113312 (b), component (c), and component (e). The polyurethane obtained by the reaction, the (a) diisocyanate of the component (a), the (poly)carbonate polyol having the organic residue derived from the diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and the component (c) A diol having a carboxyl group and a compound having three or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule of the component (e). [10] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of [1] to [6], which has a reactivity with an epoxy group. The functional group and the polyurethane having the structural unit represented by the formula (1) are polyurethanes further containing an organic residue derived from the dimer diol. [1] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of [1] to [1], wherein the solvent is contained at atmospheric pressure and has a temperature of 170 ° C or more. a mixed solvent of at least one solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C and at least one solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C to 220 ° C under atmospheric pressure [1 2] as in [1] to [1 1] The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of the invention, wherein a solvent selected from at least one selected from the group A below and a solvent selected from at least one selected from the group B below are essential components. Mixed solvent, 3-methoxybutyl acetate group A: diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 162t:), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (boiling point 189. (:), diethylene glycol B Methyl ether (boiling point 176t), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 171 °C) -18- 201113312 (boiling point 173 °C), ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (boiling point 1 92. (: Group B: diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether (boiling point 2 1 2 ° C), tripropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 2 15 ° C), triethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 2 16 6 ), ethylene Dibutyl ether (boiling point 20 3 ° C), diethylene glycol di-monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 2 17 ° C), r - butyrolactone (boiling point 2 0 4 ° C). [13] A protective film for wiring boards A protective film for a wiring board obtained by curing a protective film for a wiring board according to any one of the items [1] to [1 2], which is cured by a thermosetting composition. [14] A scratch coated with a protective film The wiring board is characterized in that part or all of the surface of the flexible wiring board on which the wiring is formed on the flexible substrate is covered by the protective film of the wiring board of the item [1 3]. And a method for producing a flexible wiring board coated with a protective film, wherein the protective film for a wiring board according to any one of the items [1] to [1 2] is printed with a thermosetting composition to A printed wiring film is formed on the patterned wiring pattern portion of the flexible wiring board, and the printed film is heat-cured at 8 〇 to 130 ° C to form a protective film. Advantageous Effects of the Invention The cured product of the present invention is Non-adhesive, good usability, good flexibility and moisture resistance, and high level of long-term electrical insulation reliability, and It has low warpage, good adhesion to the substrate or the bottom enamel, and good solvent resistance. Therefore, the present invention is coated on a flexible substrate such as a flexible wiring board or a polyimide film. When the thermosetting composition is formed by a hardening reaction to a cured film (protective film), the flexible wiring board with a protective film or the flexible substrate with a protective film has a small warpage and is easy to be used. In addition, since the cured product of the present invention has flexibility, it is possible to provide a flexible wiring board with an electrical insulating protective film that is less likely to be cracked (for example, flexibility such as COF) Printed wiring board). [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described. First, the invention (I) will be described. The present invention is a polyurethane and a solvent having an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) A thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board which is an essential component.

(式中,R1係表示碳數3〜18之伸烷基,η係表示1以上 之整數)。 本發明(Π )係將本發明(I )之配線板之保護膜用 熱硬化性組成物硬化所得之配線板之保護膜。 本發明(I )之組成物之必須成分之一的具有三環癸 烷構造之含環氧基化合物,只要是分子中具有三環癸烷構 造與環氧基的化合物時,即無特別限定。 -20- 201113312 三環癸烷構造係指例如有三環[5.2.丨.02’6]癸烷構造或 三環[3.3.1.13,7]癸烷構造。 具有三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷構造的含環氧基化合物,例 如有下述式(2 )或下述式(3 4 )的化合物。(wherein R1 represents an alkylene group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and η represents an integer of 1 or more). The present invention is a protective film for a wiring board obtained by curing a protective film for a wiring board of the invention (I) with a thermosetting composition. The epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure, which is one of the essential components of the composition of the invention (I), is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a tricyclodecane structure and an epoxy group in the molecule. -20- 201113312 Tricyclodecane structure means, for example, a tricyclic [5.2.丨.02'6] decane structure or a tricyclo[3.3.1.13,7] decane structure. The epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclo[5.2.1.02,6]nonane structure, for example, a compound of the following formula (2) or the following formula (34).

(式中,g係表示〇或1以上之整數)。 此外,具有三環[3.3.1.I3’7]癸烷構造之含環氧基化合 物,例如有下述式(3 5 ) ~下述式(3 8 )的化合物。 Ο η(wherein g represents 〇 or an integer of 1 or more). Further, the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclo[3.3.1.I3'7]decane structure is, for example, a compound of the following formula (3 5 ) to the following formula (3 8 ). Ο η

(3 5) -21 - 201113312(3 5) -21 - 201113312

(3 6)(3 6)

(3 7)(3 7)

此等二環[5·2·1·02’6]癸烷構造或三環[33113’勹癸烷 構造與具有環氧基的化合物中,降低吸水率者較佳,具體 而言’較佳爲具有三環[5.2J.02,6]癸烷構造或三環 [3.3_1_13’7]癸院構造’且具有芳香環構造的含環氧基化合 物。 上述式(2)及式(34)〜(38)中,符合者爲式(2 )及式(35)〜式(38)表示之化合物。 具有三環[5.2.1· 〇2’6]癸烷構造或三環[3.3.1.I3,7]癸烷 構造’且具有芳香環構造之含環氧基化合物中,考慮取得 容易度時’特佳爲式(2)表示之化合物。 式(2)表示之化合物係由DIC股份公司市售,(商 品名 : EPICLONHP-7200L 、 EPICLONHP-7200 、 -22- 201113312 EPICLONHP-7200H、E P I C L Ο Ν Η P - 7 2 0 Ο Η Η )、此外’日本 化藥股份公司也以 XDd〇00-2L、XD_1000之商品名市售 ,容易取得。 本發明(I )之必須成分之具有三環癸烷構造之含環 氧基化合物的使用量’可以後述之本發明(1 )之必須成 分之具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示 之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯中所含有之可與環氧基反應 之官能基之數與環氧基之數之比表示。 前述可與環氧基反應之官能基與環氧基以1:1反應 的基時,本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物中所含之可與環 氧基反應之官能基之數與具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化 合物之環氧基之數的比,較佳爲1/3〜2/1之範圍’更佳爲 1/2.5〜1 .5/1之範圍。此比小於1/3時,未反應之環氧基有 許多殘存的可能性升高,故不佳。此外,此比大於2/1時 ,未反應之可與環氧基反應之官能基有許多殘存,於電絕 緣性能上不佳。例如羧基可作爲與環氧基以1 : 1反應的 官能基。 本發明(I)之組成物之必須成分之一的具有可與環 氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚 胺基甲酸乙酯,只要是分子內具有可與環氧基反應之官能 基與式(1 )表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯時,即無 特別限定。 -23- (1) 201113312Among these bicyclo[5·2·1·02'6]decane structures or tricyclo[33113'decane structures and compounds having an epoxy group, it is preferred to lower the water absorption rate, specifically, preferably. It is an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclic [5.2J.02,6]decane structure or a tricyclic [3.3_1_13'7] brothel structure" and having an aromatic ring structure. In the above formula (2) and formulas (34) to (38), the compounds represented by the formula (2) and the formula (35) to the formula (38) are as follows. In the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclo[5.2.1·〇2'6]decane structure or a tricyclo[3.3.1.I3,7]decane structure and having an aromatic ring structure, when the ease of availability is considered 'Specially a compound represented by the formula (2). The compound represented by the formula (2) is commercially available from DIC Corporation (trade name: EPICLONHP-7200L, EPICLONHP-7200, -22-201113312 EPICLONHP-7200H, EPICL Ο Η Η P - 7 2 0 Ο Η Η ), 'Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. is also commercially available under the trade names of XDd〇00-2L and XD_1000, and is easy to obtain. The use amount of the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure as an essential component of the invention (I) can have a functional group reactive with an epoxy group as an essential component of the invention (1) to be described later, and has The ratio of the number of functional groups reactive with an epoxy group contained in the structural unit of the ethyl carbamate represented by the formula (1) to the number of epoxy groups is represented by the formula (1). When the functional group reactive with an epoxy group and the epoxy group are reacted at a ratio of 1:1, the number of functional groups reactive with the epoxy group contained in the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) is The ratio of the number of epoxy groups containing an epoxy group having a tricyclodecane structure is preferably in the range of 1/3 to 2/1, more preferably in the range of 1/2.5 to 1.5/1. When the ratio is less than 1/3, there is a possibility that many unreacted epoxy groups are likely to remain, which is not preferable. Further, when the ratio is more than 2/1, many unreacted functional groups which can react with the epoxy group remain, and the electrical insulating properties are not good. For example, a carboxyl group can be used as a functional group which reacts with an epoxy group at a ratio of 1:1. One of the essential components of the composition of the invention (I), which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), as long as it is intramolecularly compatible When the functional group of the epoxy group reaction and the polyurethane of the structural unit represented by the formula (1) are not particularly limited. -23- (1) 201113312

(式中,R1係表示碳數3〜18之伸烷基’ n係 之整數。) 式(1)中,R1係表示碳數3~18之伸烷 以下之伸烷基時’生成之聚胺基甲酸乙酯無法 水性,故不佳。又’碳數19以上之伸院基時 成之聚胺基甲酸乙酯之溶劑種類非常少’有時 之密著性降低,故不佳。 η較佳爲1~20之整數。 式(1)之構造單位係來自具有碳數3〜18 單位之(聚)碳酸酯二醇原料之構造單位,但 耐水性時,二聚物二醇可作爲在製造具有可與 之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位的 乙酯時之1成分使用。可使用原料之(聚)碳 數平均分子量爲400〜1 0000者。 本說明書所記載之(聚)碳酸醋二醇中之 酸酯」的敘述係指分子中具有1個以上的碳酸 之,「(聚)碳酸酯」係指單碳酸酯與聚碳酸 因此,本說明書所記載之「(聚)碳酸酯二醇 中具有1個以上之碳酸醋鍵,具有2個醇性經 表示1以上 基。碳數2 充分具有耐 ,可溶解生 對聚醯亞胺 之二醇構造 是爲了增加 環氧基反應 聚胺基甲酸 酸酯二醇之 「(聚)碳 酯鍵。換言 酯之兩者。 」係指分子 基的化合物 -24- 201113312 製造(聚)碳酸酯二醇時,有時會有原料之二醇成分 會殘存的情形,本說明書中,殘存之該二醇成分係定義爲 不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯二醇」內者。 例如有將1,9-壬二醇及二乙基碳酸酯用於原料’在觸 媒之存在下藉由酯交換反應,製造(聚)碳酸酯二醇時, 原料之1,9-壬二醇在生成物之(聚)碳酸酯二醇中殘存5 質量%的情形,此殘存之1,9-壬二醇不包含於「(聚)碳 酸酯二醇」內者。 可與環氧基反應之官能基,例如有胺基、羧基、羧酸 酐基、氫硫基、異氰酸酯基、羥基等的官能基。此等官能 基之中,與具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物之反應速 度爲一定的範圍者較佳。因此,較佳爲羧基、羧酸酐基。 此外,較佳爲使用化合物之臭氣或通常大氣中,常溫氣氛 下之官能基具有安定性者。考慮此問題時,最佳爲羧基。 爲了抑制本發明(I )之組成物之硬化時的翹曲時, 在不損及硬化物之耐溶劑性或長期電絕緣特性、耐熱性的 範圍內,硬化時之交聯密度之增加較少者較佳。爲了以某 程度抑制硬化時之架橋密度之增加,且具有良好的硬化物 之耐溶劑性或長期電絕緣特性、耐熱性時,具有可與環氧 基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯係分子內具有以下3種構造中之至少1種的構 造較佳。 首先,其一係具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有 式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯再具有醯亞胺 -25- 201113312 構造者。換言之,具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有 式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯較佳爲具有可 與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位 ,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。 另一的構造係溶解溶劑之範圍內,分子中具有一定的 分支構造者較佳。 另一的構造係具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有 式(1)表示之構造單位,再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之 有機殘基的聚胺基甲酸乙酯較佳。 首先,說明具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式 (1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯爲具有可與環氧 基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具 有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺的情形。 具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示 之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 之例子,例如有日本特開 2 0 0 3 - 1 9 8 1 0 5號公報或特開 2〇06-3 07 1 83號公報所記載之具有可與環氧基反應之官能 基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。 首先說明特開2003-198105號公報所記載之具有可與 環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位’ 再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺》 特開2003-198105號公報所記載之具有可與環氧基反 應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯 -26- 201113312 亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺,即是分子內具有下述 式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯 亞胺。(wherein R1 represents an integer of a alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18). In the formula (1), R1 represents a polycondensation of the alkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 18 or less. Ethyl carbamate cannot be aqueous, so it is not preferable. Further, the amount of the solvent of the polyurethane having a carbon number of 19 or more is very small, and the adhesion is sometimes lowered, which is not preferable. η is preferably an integer of from 1 to 20. The structural unit of the formula (1) is derived from a structural unit having a (poly)carbonate diol raw material having a carbon number of 3 to 18 units, but in the case of water resistance, the dimer diol can be used as a functional group in the production. The component having the ethyl ester of the structural unit represented by the formula (1) is used. The (poly) carbon number of the raw material can be used as an average molecular weight of 400 to 1 0000. The description of the acid ester in (poly)carbonic acid diol described in the present specification means that one or more carbonic acids are contained in the molecule, and "(poly)carbonate" means monocarbonate and polycarbonate. Therefore, the present specification The "poly"carbonate diol has one or more carbonated vinegar bonds, and the two alcoholic groups represent one or more groups. The carbon number 2 is sufficiently resistant to dissolve the diol of the polyimine. The structure is to increase the "(poly)carbonate bond of the epoxy-reactive polyurethane diol. In other words, the ester." refers to the molecular-based compound-24-201113312 Manufacture (poly)carbonate diol In the case where the diol component of the raw material may remain, in the present specification, the remaining diol component is defined as not included in the "(poly)carbonate diol". For example, when 1,9-nonanediol and diethyl carbonate are used as a raw material, a (poly)carbonate diol is produced by a transesterification reaction in the presence of a catalyst, and the raw material is 1,9-壬2 When the alcohol remains in the (poly)carbonate diol in an amount of 5% by mass, the remaining 1,9-nonanediol is not contained in the "(poly)carbonatediol". The functional group reactive with the epoxy group may, for example, be a functional group such as an amine group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic anhydride group, a thiol group, an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group. Among these functional groups, a reaction rate with an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure is preferably within a certain range. Therefore, a carboxyl group or a carboxylic anhydride group is preferred. Further, it is preferred to use the odor of the compound or the stability of the functional group in a normal atmosphere in a normal temperature atmosphere. When considering this problem, it is most preferred to be a carboxyl group. In order to suppress warpage at the time of curing of the composition of the present invention (I), the increase in crosslinking density at the time of hardening is less in the range which does not impair the solvent resistance of the cured product or the long-term electrical insulating property and heat resistance. Better. In order to suppress the increase in bridging density at the time of hardening to a certain extent, and have good solvent resistance or long-term electrical insulating property and heat resistance of the cured product, it has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has the formula (1) It is preferable that the structure of the polyurethane-based molecule of the structural unit represented by the following three structures is at least one of the following three structures. First, a group having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) further has a quinone imine-25-201113312 constructor. In other words, the polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) preferably has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has the formula (1) A structural unit represented by a polyamidourethane having a quinone bond. The other structure is within the range of the solvent to be dissolved, and it is preferred that the molecule has a certain branching structure. The other structure has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further preferably contains a polyurethane having an organic residue derived from a dimer diol. . First, a polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) is a functional group having a reactive group with an epoxy group, and has a formula (1). The structural unit, in the case of a polyamidourethane having a quinone imine bond. An example of a polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having a quinone imine bond, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000 A functional group which is reactive with an epoxy group and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and has a structural unit of the formula (1) Polyamidourethane, a quinone imine bond. First, a polyurethane polycondensate having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having an oximine bond is described in JP-A-2003-198105. A polyaminocarbamic acid having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having an indole bond of 醯-26-201113312, as described in JP-A-2003-198105 The ester polyimine is a polyethyl urethane having a structural unit represented by the following formulas (4) to (6) in the molecule.

(4) (式中,複數個R4係各自獨立爲碳數3〜1 8之伸烷基,複 及b係各自 數個R5係各自獨立爲碳數3〜1 8之伸烷基 獨立爲1〜20之整數,複數個X2係各自獨立爲2價有機基 -x3—N—C—〇-^R®-〇—c—〇^-r7-〇—c- c=o(4) (wherein, a plurality of R4 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and a plurality of R5 groups each of which are b and each independently have a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the alkyl group is independently 1 An integer of ~20, a plurality of X2 systems are each independently a divalent organic group -x3—N—C—〇-^R®-〇—c—〇^-r7-〇—c- c=o

ο (5) (式中,複數個R6係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,複 數個R7係各自獨立爲碳數3〜1 8之伸烷基,c及d係各自 獨立爲1〜20之整數,複數個X3係各自獨立爲2價有機基 ,Y2 係 CH2、S02 或 Ο。) ---X—N—c—〇-(-R8-〇—c—〇i-R9-〇—c—N-丨丨\ II 4 II 〇 0 〇 Ο 0 人ο (5) (wherein, the plurality of R6 systems are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the plurality of R7 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the c and d systems are each independently An integer from 1 to 20, the plurality of X3 systems are each independently a divalent organic group, Y2 is a CH2, S02 or Ο.) ---X-N-c-〇-(-R8-〇-c-〇i-R9 -〇—c—N-丨丨\ II 4 II 〇0 〇Ο 0 people

;X~VY 「 0 0 (6) 式中,複數個R8係各自獨立爲碳數3〜1 8之伸烷基 及f係各 複數個R9係各自獨立爲碳數3 ~ 1 8之伸烷基 -27 - 201113312 自獨立爲1〜2 0之整數,複數個X4係各自獨立爲2價有機 基,Υ3係下述式(7 )〜式(33 )中任一的基團。; X~VY "0" 0 0 (6) where a plurality of R8 systems are independently alkylene groups having a carbon number of 3 to 18 and a plurality of R9 systems each having an independent carbon number of 3 to 18 carbon atoms. KI-27 - 201113312 From the independent integer of 1 to 2 0, a plurality of X4 systems are each independently a divalent organic group, and Υ3 is a group of any one of the following formulas (7) to (33).

(7)(7)

-28- (12) 201113312-28- (12) 201113312

(15)(15)

(16) -29- (17)201113312(16) -29- (17)201113312

、C II ο (2 0), C II ο (2 0)

(2 1) -30- 201113312(2 1) -30- 201113312

(2 2)(twenty two)

(2 3)(twenty three)

(2 4)(twenty four)

(2 5)(2 5)

(2 7) -31 - 201113312(2 7) -31 - 201113312

(2 8)(2 8)

(2 9)(2 9)

(3 0)(3 0)

(3 1)(3 1)

(3 2) (3 3) 具有式(4)或式(5)表示之構造的聚胺基甲酸乙酯 聚醯亞胺,通常由具有酸酐基之3價之聚羧酸及其衍生物 所選出之1種以上的化合物與異氰酸酯化合物或胺化合物 反應而得。 -32- 201113312 具有酸酐基之3價之聚羧酸及其衍生物無特別限定, 例如具有式(4 )表示之構造之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 時,可使用式(3 9 )表示之化合物。從耐熱性、成本面等 的觀點,特佳爲偏苯三酸酐。 Ο(3 2) (3 3) Polyurethane polyethylenimine having a structure represented by formula (4) or formula (5), usually consisting of a trivalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group and a derivative thereof One or more selected compounds are obtained by reacting an isocyanate compound or an amine compound. -32-201113312 The trivalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group and a derivative thereof are not particularly limited. For example, when the polyethylenimine having the structure represented by the formula (4) is used, the formula (39) can be used. ) the compound indicated. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, cost, and the like, trimellitic anhydride is particularly preferred. Ο

(式中,R14係表示氫、碳數1〜10之烷基或苯基。) 此外,具有式(5)表示之構造的聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚 醯亞胺時,可使用式(40 )表示之化合物。(In the formula, R14 represents hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.) Further, in the case of a polyurethane having a structure represented by the formula (5), a formula (40) can be used. ) the compound indicated.

(4 0) (式中,R15係表示氫、碳數1〜10之烷基或苯基,Y2係 CH2、CO、S〇2、或 〇。) 具有式(6)表示之構造的聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 時’可使用式(4 1 )表示之化合物。(4 0) (wherein R15 represents hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and Y2 is CH2, CO, S〇2, or fluorene.) A polyamine having a structure represented by formula (6) When ethyl carbazate is used, the compound represented by the formula (4 1 ) can be used.

(式中,Y3係前述式(7 )〜式(33 )中任一的基團。) a 此等之四羧酸二酐可單獨使用或也可組合2種類以上 -33- 201113312 使用。 除了此等之外,必要時可倂用作爲酸成分之脂肪族二 羧酸(琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、壬二酸、辛二酸、癸二 酸、癸烷二羧酸、十二烷二酸、二聚物酸等)、芳香族二 酸(間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、苯二甲酸、萘二羧酸、氧 二苯甲酸)等。此時,分子鏈中也可形成醯胺鍵。 異氰酸酯化合物可使用例如式(42)表示之二異氰酸 酯化合物。 OCN-fX—N—C—〇-^R16*〇—C—〇)-R17-〇—C—N-〇 o h ο(In the formula, Y3 is a group of any one of the above formulas (7) to (33).) a These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used singly or in combination of two or more types -33-201113312. In addition to these, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, decane dicarboxylic acid, or the like) may be used as necessary. An aromatic diacid (isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, phthalic acid, naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, oxydibenzoic acid) or the like. At this time, a guanamine bond can also be formed in the molecular chain. As the isocyanate compound, for example, a diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) can be used. OCN-fX—N—C—〇-^R16*〇—C—〇)-R17-〇—C—N—〇 o h ο

-Xs—NCO (4 2) (式中,複數個R16係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基, 複數個R17係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,h及i係各 自獨立爲1〜2 〇之整數,複數個X5係各自獨立爲2價有機 基。) 式(42 )之二異氰酸酯化合物係藉由使式(43 )表示 之(聚)碳酸酯二醇與式(44)表示之二異氰酸酯反應而 得。-Xs-NCO (4 2) (wherein, a plurality of R16 systems are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and a plurality of R17 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, h and i Each of them is independently an integer of 1 to 2 〇, and the plurality of X5 groups are each independently a divalent organic group.) The diisocyanate compound of the formula (42) is a compound of the formula (43) represented by a (poly)carbonate diol. (44) is obtained by reacting a diisocyanate.

HO R18*0—C—II 〇HO R18*0—C—II 〇

O^-R18—OH (4 3) (式中,複數個R18係各自獨立爲碳數3~18之伸烷基,j 係1 ~2〇之整數。) OCN—X—NCO (4 4) -34- 201113312 (式中,X6係2價有機基。) 式(44)表不之二異氰酸酯之χ6係例如有碳數丨〜2〇 之伸院基、或非取代或被甲基等之碳數丨之低級烷基取 代之伸苯基等之伸芳基。伸烷基之碳數更佳爲卜^。較 佳爲一本基甲烷-4,4,-二基、二苯基楓_4,4,_二基等具有2 個芳香族環之基團。 上述式(43)表示之(聚)碳酸酯二醇,例如有^^, ω-聚(1,6 -己烯碳酸酯)二醇、^…-聚(3_甲基-丨,5戊 稀碳酸醋)—醇、α,ω-聚[(ι,6-己烯:3 -甲基-亞戊基) 碳酸酯]二醇、α,ω-聚[(丨,9_壬烯:2 -甲基-丨,8·辛烯) 碳酸酯]二醇等’市售者例如有Daicel化學工業股份公司 製之商品名 PLACCEL、 CD-205、 205PL、 205HL、 210、 210PL、210HL、220、220PL、220HL、股份公司 kuraray 製之商品名 kuraray 多元醇 C-590、C-1065N、C-1015N、 C-2015N等。此等可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 如前述’製造(聚)碳酸酯二醇時,有時含有殘存原 料之二醇成分的情形,但是本說明書中,殘存之該二醇成 分係定義爲不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯二醇」者。 因此,包含於Daicel化學工業股份公司製之商品名 PLACCEL、CD-20 5、20 5PL、205HL、2 1 0、210PL、 210HL、2 2 0、220PL、22 0HL、股份公司 kuraray 製之商 品名 kuraray 多元醇 C-590、 C-1065N、 C-1015N、 C-20 1 5N等之市售的(聚)碳酸酯二醇中所含有的原料二醇 不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯二醇」中。此等原料二醇成分係 -35 - 201113312 包含於後述的(w)中。 又,前述式(44 )表示之二異氰酸酯,例如有二 甲烷·2,4’-二異氰酸酯;3,2’-、3,3’-、4,2’-、4,3’-、 、5,3,-、6,2’-或6,3’-二甲基二苯基甲烷-2,4’-二異霤 ;3,2’-、3,3,-、4,2,-、4,3’-、5,2’-、5,3,-、6,2,-或 二乙基二苯基甲烷·2,4’_二異氰酸酯;3,2’-、3,3’-、 、4,3,-、5,2’-、5,3,-、6,2’-或 6,3,-二甲氧基二苯 烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯; 基甲烷-3,3’-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-3,4’-二異氰酸 二苯基醚-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二苯甲酮-4,4’-二異氰酸 二苯基颯-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;苯亞甲基-2,4-二異氰酸 苯亞甲基-2,6-二異氰酸酯;m-伸苯二甲基二異氰酸酿 伸苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;萘-2,6-二異氰酸酯;4,4’- I 雙(4-苯氧基苯基)丙烷〕二異氰酸酯等之式(44) 使用X6爲具有芳香族環之芳香族聚異氰酸酯較佳。 可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 式(44)表示之二異氰酸酯係在本發明之目的之 內,可使用六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,2,4 -三甲基六亞 二異氰酸酯、異爾氟酮二異氰酸酯' 4,4’-二環己基甲 異氰酸酯、反式環己烷-I,4-二異氰酸酯、水添m-伸 甲基二異氰酸酯、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯等之脂肪族或脂 異氰酸酯、或3官能以上之聚異氰酸酯。 式(44 )表示之二異氰酸酯爲了避免經日變化, 用以必要之嵌段劑進行安定化者。嵌段劑例如有醇、 苯基 5,2,- 酸酯 6,3’-4,2,-基甲 二苯 酯-; 酯; 酯; ;P-2,2- 中, 此等 範圍 甲基 烷二 苯二 環式 可使 酚、 -36- 201113312 肟等,無特別限限。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺的原料,必要時可使用式 (4 3 )表示之(聚)碳酸酯二醇以外的二醇成分(以下稱 爲成分(w ))。 成分(w)例如有丨,2-丙二醇、丨,3·丙二醇、L2-丁二 醇、1,3-丁 二醇、l,4-丁 二醇、1,5-戊二醇、丨,6_己二醇' 3 -甲基-1,5 -戊二醇、1,8 -辛二醇、1,3 -環己烷二甲醇、 1,4 -環己院一甲醇、ι,9 -壬二醇、2 -甲基-1,8-辛二醇、 1,10-癸二醇、1,2-十四烷二醇、2,4-二乙基-1,5-戊二醇、 2·丁基-2-乙基丙二醇、i,3-環己院二甲醇、丨,3_苯二甲醇 、1,4-苯二甲醇等。 前述市售之(聚)碳酸酯二醇中所含的原料二醇係包 含於此成分(w )中。 上述式(43)表示之(聚)碳酸酯二醇及成分(w) 與式(44)表示之二異氰酸酯之調配量係羥基數與異氰酸 酯基數之比率爲異氰酸酯基/羥基=1.01以上者較佳。 上述式(43)表示之(聚)碳酸酯二醇及成分(w) 與式(44)表示之二異氰酸酯類之反應可在無溶劑或有機 溶劑存在下進行。反應溫度較佳爲60〜2 00 °C,更佳爲 8 0〜1 8 0 °C。反應時間係藉由分批的規模、採用之反應條件 等來適當選擇。例如1〜5 L之燒瓶規模下爲2-5小時。 如此所得之式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物的數平 均分子量,較佳爲500〜10,000,更佳爲1,〇〇〇〜9,500,特 佳爲1,500〜9,000。數平均分子量未達500時,有翹曲性 -37- 201113312 惡化的傾向,超過1 0,000時,與異氰酸酯化合物之反應 性降低,有時形成聚醯亞胺樹脂化有困難的傾向。 本說明書中,數平均分子量係藉由凝膠滲透層析儀( GPC )測定,使用標準聚苯乙烯之檢量線換算的値。 式(4)〜式(6)表示之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之 原料成分的異氰酸酯化合物,可使用式(42)表示之二異 氰酸酯化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯化合物。 此等化合物只要是式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物 以外之聚異氰酸酯化合物時,即無特別限定,例如有式( 44)表示之二異氰酸酯、3價以上之聚異氰酸酯等。此等 可單獨或組合2種以上使用。式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯 化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯化合物之數平均分子量之較佳的 範圍係與式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物相同。 特別是從耐熱性的觀點,較佳爲倂用式(42 )表示之 二異氰酸酯化合物與式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物以 外的聚異氰酸酯化合物。式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合 物及式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯 化合物分別單獨使用時,從作爲撓性配線板用之保護膜的 柔軟性、翹曲性等的觀點,較佳爲使用式(42 )表示之二 異氰酸酯化合物。 式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯 化合物’其總量之50〜1〇〇質量%爲芳香族聚異氰酸酯較 佳,考慮耐熱性、溶解性、機械特性、成本面等的平衡時 ’特佳爲4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸醋。 -38- 201113312 倂用式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物與式(42 )表 示之二異氰酸酯化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯化合物時,式( 42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物/式(42)表示之二異氰酸 酯化合物以外之聚異氰酸酯化合物之當量比,較佳爲 0· 1/0.9 〜0.9/0.1 ,更佳爲 0.2/0.8 〜0.8/0.2 ,特佳爲 0.3/0.7〜0.7/0.3。當量比在此範圍內時,可得到良好的翹 曲性、密著性與良好的耐熱性等之膜特性。 具有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸 乙酯聚醯亞胺之原料成分的胺化合物,例如有前述異.氰酸 酯化合物之異氰酸酯基轉換成胺基的化合物。異氰酸酯基 轉換成胺基可藉由公知的方法進行。胺化合物之數平均分 子量之較佳範圍係與式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物相 同。 具有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸 乙酯聚醯亞胺之原料成分之具有酸酐基之3價的聚羧酸或 其衍生物及/或具有酸酐基之4價之聚羧酸的調配比例係 相對於前述異氰酸酯化合物(式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯 化合物與式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物以外之聚異氰 酸酯化合物)之異氰酸酯基的總數時,羧基與酸酐基之總 數的比,較佳爲0.6〜1 · 4,更佳爲0.7〜1 . 3,特佳爲 0.8〜1.2。此比未達〇.6或超過1.4時。提高含有聚醯亞胺 鍵之樹脂之分子量有困難的傾向。 具有酸酐基之3價之聚羧酸或其衍生物及/或具有酸 酐基之4價之聚羧酸’使用式(3 9 )表示之化合物,異氰 -39- 201113312 酸酯化合物使用式(42)表示之二異氰酸酯化合物時,可 得到具有式(4 )表示之構造單位之聚醯胺醯亞胺。O^-R18-OH (4 3) (wherein, a plurality of R18 systems are each independently an alkylene group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and j is an integer of 1 to 2 Å.) OCN-X-NCO (4 4) -34-201113312 (wherein X6 is a divalent organic group.) The oxime 6 of the formula (44) represented by diisocyanate has, for example, a carbon number of 丨~2〇, or an unsubstituted or methyl group. The lower alkyl group having a carbon number of 取代 is substituted with an extended aryl group such as a phenyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is more preferably. More preferably, it is a group having two aromatic rings such as a group of methane-4,4,-diyl, diphenyl maple-4,4,-diyl. The (poly)carbonate diol represented by the above formula (43), for example, ^^, ω-poly(1,6-hexene carbonate) diol, ^...-poly(3_methyl-oxime, 5 pentylene Dilute carbonated vinegar)-alcohol, α,ω-poly[(ι,6-hexene:3-methyl-pentylene) carbonate]diol, α,ω-poly[(丨,9_pinene: [2-methyl-anthracene, 8 octene) Carbonate] diols and the like are commercially available, for example, under the trade names of PLACCEL, CD-205, 205PL, 205HL, 210, 210PL, 210HL, 220 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 220PL, 220HL, and the company's kuraray product name kuraray polyols C-590, C-1065N, C-1015N, C-2015N, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the (poly)carbonate diol is produced as described above, the diol component of the remaining raw material may be contained. However, in the present specification, the remaining diol component is defined as not contained in the "(poly)carbonate diol. "By. Therefore, the product names such as PLACCEL, CD-20 5, 20 5PL, 205HL, 2 1 0, 210PL, 210HL, 2 2 0, 220PL, 22 0HL, and kuraray, which are manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., are included in the product name of kuraray. The raw material diol contained in the commercially available (poly)carbonate diol such as polyols C-590, C-1065N, C-1015N, C-20 1 5N, etc. is not contained in "(poly)carbonate diol" in. These raw material diol components are -35 - 201113312 and are included in (w) which will be described later. Further, the diisocyanate represented by the above formula (44) is, for example, dimethane·2,4'-diisocyanate; 3,2'-, 3,3'-, 4,2'-, 4,3'-, 5,3,-,6,2'- or 6,3'-dimethyldiphenylmethane-2,4'-diiso-slip; 3,2'-,3,3,-,4,2, -, 4,3'-, 5,2'-, 5,3,-, 6,2,- or diethyldiphenylmethane·2,4'-diisocyanate; 3,2'-, 3, 3'-, 4,3,-, 5,2'-, 5,3,-, 6,2'- or 6,3,-dimethoxydiphenyl-2,4'-diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; methane-3,3'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-3,4'-diisocyanate diphenyl ether-4,4'-diisocyanate Dibenzophenone-4,4'-diisocyanate-4,4'-diisocyanate; benzylidene-2,4-diisocyanate benzylidene-2,6- Diisocyanate; m-phenylene diisocyanate, benzodimethyl diisocyanate; naphthalene-2,6-diisocyanate; 4,4'-I bis(4-phenoxyphenyl)propane The formula (44) of a diisocyanate or the like is preferably an aromatic polyisocyanate having an aromatic ring. These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. The diisocyanate represented by the formula (44) is within the object of the present invention, and hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate '4,4 can be used. An aliphatic or aliphatic isocyanate such as dicyclohexylmethyl isocyanate, trans cyclohexane-I,4-diisocyanate, water-added methyl-diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, or a trifunctional or higher poly Isocyanate. The diisocyanate represented by the formula (44) is used for stabilization of the necessary blocker in order to avoid diurnal variation. Blocking agents are, for example, alcohols, phenyl 5,2,-acid esters, 6,3'-4,2,-yldiphenyl esters; esters; esters; P-2,2-, such ranges The alkylbenzene diphenyl ring type can be used for phenol, -36-201113312, etc., without particular limitation. As the raw material of the polyethylenimine polyimide, a diol component other than the (poly)carbonate diol represented by the formula (43) (hereinafter referred to as the component (w)) can be used. The component (w) is, for example, hydrazine, 2-propanediol, hydrazine, 3:propylene glycol, L2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, hydrazine, 6_hexanediol '3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanyl-methanol, ι,9 -decanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,10-nonanediol, 1,2-tetradecanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentane Alcohol, 2·butyl-2-ethylpropanediol, i, 3-cyclohexyl dimethanol, hydrazine, 3-benzenedimethanol, 1,4-benzenedimethanol, and the like. The raw material diol contained in the above-mentioned commercially available (poly)carbonate diol is contained in the component (w). The ratio of the (poly)carbonate diol and the component (w) represented by the above formula (43) to the diisocyanate represented by the formula (44) is preferably such that the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups to the number of isocyanate groups is an isocyanate group / a hydroxyl group = 1.01 or more. . The reaction of the (poly)carbonate diol represented by the above formula (43) and the component (w) with the diisocyanate represented by the formula (44) can be carried out in the absence of a solvent or an organic solvent. The reaction temperature is preferably from 60 to 2,000 ° C, more preferably from 80 to 180 ° C. The reaction time is appropriately selected by the scale of the batch, the reaction conditions employed, and the like. For example, a flask size of 1 to 5 L is 2 to 5 hours. The number average molecular weight of the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) thus obtained is preferably from 500 to 10,000, more preferably from 1, 〇〇〇 to 9,500, particularly preferably from 1,500 to 9,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 500, the warpage-37-201113312 tends to deteriorate. When the number average molecular weight is less than 10,000, the reactivity with the isocyanate compound is lowered, and the formation of the polyimine resin tends to be difficult. In the present specification, the number average molecular weight is measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using a calibration curve of standard polystyrene. The isocyanate compound of the raw material component of the polyurethane polyamide of the formula (4) to the formula (6) can be a polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42). When the polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) is not particularly limited, the compound is, for example, a diisocyanate represented by the formula (44) or a polyisocyanate having a trivalent or higher value. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The preferred range of the number average molecular weight of the polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) is the same as the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42). In particular, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) and a polyisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) are preferably used. When the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) and the polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) are used alone, from the viewpoints of flexibility, warpage, and the like of the protective film for a flexible wiring board, It is preferred to use a diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42). When the polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) is 50 to 1% by mass based on the total amount of the aromatic polyisocyanate, it is preferable to consider the balance between heat resistance, solubility, mechanical properties, cost surface, and the like. 'Specially good is 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate. -38-201113312 When a diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) and a polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) are used, the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) / the diisocyanate represented by the formula (42) The equivalent ratio of the polyisocyanate compound other than the compound is preferably from 0.1 to 0.9 to 0.9/0.1, more preferably from 0.2/0.8 to 0.8/0.2, particularly preferably from 0.3/0.7 to 0.7/0.3. When the equivalent ratio is within this range, film properties such as good warpage, adhesion, and good heat resistance can be obtained. An amine compound having a raw material component of a polyurethane urethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) to the formula (6), for example, a compound obtained by converting an isocyanate group of the above-mentioned iso cyanate compound into an amine group . The conversion of an isocyanate group to an amine group can be carried out by a known method. The preferred range of the number average molecular weight of the amine compound is the same as the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42). a trivalent polycarboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having an acid anhydride group as a raw material component of a polyurethane urethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) to the formula (6), and/or having an acid anhydride group When the blending ratio of the tetravalent polycarboxylic acid is the total number of isocyanate groups of the above isocyanate compound (polyisocyanate compound other than the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) and the polyisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42)), the carboxyl group and the carboxyl group are The ratio of the total number of the acid anhydride groups is preferably from 0.6 to 1/4, more preferably from 0.7 to 1.3, particularly preferably from 0.8 to 1.2. This ratio is less than 〇6 or more than 1.4. It is difficult to increase the molecular weight of the resin containing a polyimide bond. a trivalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group or a derivative thereof and/or a tetravalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group, wherein a compound represented by the formula (39) is used, and an isocyanide-39-201113312 acid ester compound is used. When the diisocyanate compound is represented by 42), a polyamidoquinone imine having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) can be obtained.

(4) (式中,R4、R5、a、b、χ2係如前述。) 具有酸酐基之3價之聚羧酸或其衍生物及/或具有酸 酐基之4價之聚羧酸使用式(40)表示之化合物,異氰酸 酯化合物使用式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物時,可得 到具有式(5)表示之構造單位之聚醯胺醯亞胺。(4) (wherein R4, R5, a, b, and χ2 are as described above.) A trivalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group or a derivative thereof and/or a tetravalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group is used. When the diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (42) is used as the compound represented by the formula (40), a polyamidoquinone imine having a structural unit represented by the formula (5) can be obtained.

(式中 ’ R6、R7、c、d、X3、Υ2 係如前述。) 具有酸酐基之3價之聚羧酸或其衍生物及/或具有酸 酐基之4價的聚羧酸使用式(41)表示之化合物,異氰酸 酯化合物使用式(42 )表示之二異氰酸酯化合物時,可得 到具有式(6)表示之構造單位之聚醯胺醯亞胺。(wherein R6, R7, c, d, X3, and Υ2 are as described above.) A trivalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group or a derivative thereof and/or a tetravalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group is used ( 41) Compound represented by the formula (42), when the isocyanate compound is a diisocyanate compound represented by the formula (6), a polyamidoquinone imine having a structural unit represented by the formula (6) can be obtained.

(式中、R8、R9、e、f、X4 ' Y3 係如前述。) -40- (6) 201113312 具有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位之聚胺 乙酯聚醯亞胺之製造法中,選自具有酸酐基之3價 酸及其衍生物及具有酸酐基之4價之聚羧酸之1種 化合物與異氰酸酯化合物或胺化合物之反應係藉由 存在下’將產生游離之二氧化碳氣體排除至反應體 時加熱縮合來進行反應。 藉此方法可製造末端具有羧基、酸酐或異氰酸 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。末端基若考慮與環氧基 性時,較佳爲殘基及/或酸酐。 前述合成用的溶劑,一般使用在大氣壓下 15 0°C〜25〇°C之沸點的溶劑。爲了取得具有式(4) )表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之溶 溶劑之揮發性等的平衡,可倂用2種類以上在大氣 具有1 5 0 C ~ 2 5 0 C之沸點的溶劑,且較佳。更佳爲 大氣壓下’具有1 7 0 °C以上’未達2 0 0。(:之沸點的 在大氣壓下’具有200 t〜220 t之沸點的溶劑者。 在大氣壓下,具有170 °C以上,未達200。(:之 溶劑’例如有二乙二醇二甲醚(沸點1 6 21 )、二 二乙醚(沸點1 8 9 °C )、二乙二醇乙基甲醚(沸點 )、二丙二醇二甲醚(沸點171。〇)、3_甲氧基丁 酯(沸點1 7 1 °C )、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯(沸點;[ 等。 在大氣壓下’具有200。(:~220。(:之沸點的溶劑 有二乙二醇丁基甲醚(沸點2 1 2 t )、三丙二醇二 基甲酸 之聚羧 以上的 在溶劑 系,同 酯基之 之反應 ,具有 〜式(6 解性或 壓下, 倂用在 溶劑與 沸點的 乙二醇 176〇C 基乙酸 9 2〇C ) ,例如 甲醚( -41 - 201113312 沸點215°C)、三乙二醇二甲醚(沸點216<t)、乙二醇 —丁酸(沸點203 〇C )、二乙二醇二單乙醚乙酸酯(沸點 217 C ) 、r、丁內酯(沸點 204t )等。 $ $ @ ’適合作爲本發明之熱硬化性組成物之溶劑使 用者較佳。高揮發性,且可賦予低溫硬化性,且效率佳, 可以均一系進行反應時,較佳爲以下之溶劑的組合。 具體而言’在大氣壓下,具有170^〜20〇π2沸點的 溶劑爲選自二乙二醇二乙醚(沸點189。〇 、二乙二醇乙 基甲酸(沸點176t:)、二丙二醇二甲醚(沸點mt:) 中之至少1種與在大氣壓下,具有200〇c〜220<>C2沸點的 溶劑爲r -丁內酯(沸點204〇C )之組合較佳,最佳之組合 爲在大氣壓下’具有170〇c~20(rC2沸點的溶劑爲二乙二 醇二乙醚(沸點189。(:)與在大氣壓下,具有20(TC〜220eC 之沸點的溶劑爲7 -丁內酯(沸點2〇4〇c )之組合。 使用此等較佳之溶劑的組合時,因吸濕性低,沸點高 ’揮發性小’因此,也適合作爲網版印刷油墨的溶劑。 爲了充分展現上述效果時,在大氣壓下,具有 170 °C〜200 °C之沸點的溶劑及在大氣壓下具有2〇〇。〇〜220 t: 之沸點之溶劑的使用比率,以質量比表示爲5 : 9 5 ~ 8 0 : 20之範圍,更佳爲1〇: 90〜60: 40之範圍。 在不損及此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之溶解性的範圍 內,可倂用在大氣壓下,具有l7〇t〜2001之沸點的溶劑 及在大氣壓下’具有200 °C〜22〇°C之沸點的溶劑以外之溶 劑。反應性單體或反應性稀釋劑也可作爲溶劑使用。 -42- 201113312 溶劑之使用量較佳爲生成之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 之0.8〜5.0倍(質量比)。未達〇·8倍時,合成時之黏度 太高,因無法攪拌’而有合成困難的傾向,超過5. 〇倍時 ,反應速度有降低的傾向。 反應溫度較佳爲80〜210°C,更佳爲1〇〇〜19〇。〇,特佳 爲120〜180°C。未達80°C時,反應時間太長,超過21〇它 時,反應中產生三次元化反應’容易產生凝膠化。反應時 間可藉由分批之規模、採用之反應條件來適當選擇。此外 ,必要時’也可在三級胺類 '驗金屬、驗土金屬、錫、鋅 、鈦、鈷等金屬或半金屬化合物等的觸媒存在下,進行反 應。 如此所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺數平均分子量, 較佳爲4,000~40,0〇〇’更佳爲 5,000~38,000,特佳爲 6,000〜36,000。數平均分子量未達4, 〇〇〇時,有耐熱性等 之膜特性降低的傾向,超過4 0,0 0 0時,不易溶解於溶劑 ,合成中易產生不溶化。此外,有作業性差的傾向。 合成終了後’樹脂末端之異氰酸酯基可以醇類、內醯 胺類、肟類等之嵌段劑封端。 其次,說明特開2 006-3 07 1 8 3號公報所記載之具有可 與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位 ’再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。 特開2006-3 07 1 8 3號公報所記載之具有可與環氧基反 應之官能基’且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯 亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺係使以下之成分(a ) -43- 201113312 、成分(b)、成分(c’)及成分(d)的原料進行 得到。 成分(a)二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3~18之二醇所衍生之有 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c’)具有可與環氧基反應之官能基的及 成分(d )式(3 )表示之2官能性羥基末端醯(wherein, R8, R9, e, f, X4 'Y3 are as described above.) -40- (6) 201113312 Polyamine ethyl ester polyimine having a structural unit represented by formula (4) to formula (6) In the production method, a reaction of a compound selected from a trivalent acid having an acid anhydride group and a derivative thereof and a tetravalent polycarboxylic acid having an acid anhydride group with an isocyanate compound or an amine compound is generated by the presence of a free When the carbon dioxide gas is removed to the reaction body, it is heated and condensed to carry out the reaction. By this method, a carboxyl group, an acid anhydride or an isocyanate polyethylenimine may be produced at the terminal. When the terminal group is considered to have epoxy group properties, it is preferably a residue and/or an acid anhydride. As the solvent for the above synthesis, a solvent having a boiling point of from 150 ° C to 25 ° C under atmospheric pressure is generally used. In order to obtain the balance of the volatility and the like of the solvent of the polyurethane polyethylenimine having the structural unit represented by the formula (4), it is possible to use two or more types in the atmosphere of 1500-1500. A solvent having a boiling point of C is preferred. More preferably, it has a temperature of more than 170 ° C or less than 200 ° under atmospheric pressure. (: the boiling point of the solvent at atmospheric pressure 'having a boiling point of 200 t to 220 t. Under atmospheric pressure, with 170 ° C or more, less than 200. (: Solvent 'for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether ( Boiling point 1 6 21 ), diethyl ether (boiling point 889 ° C), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (boiling point), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 171. 〇), 3-methoxybutyl ester ( Boiling point of 1 7 1 ° C), ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (boiling point; [etc. at atmospheric pressure] has 200. (: ~220. (: the boiling point of the solvent is diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether (boiling point 2 1 2 t ), tripropylene glycol dicarboxylic acid polycarboxylate above the solvent system, the reaction with the ester group, has ~ formula (6 solution or pressure, 倂 used in solvent and boiling point of ethylene glycol 176〇 C-based acetic acid 9 2〇C), such as methyl ether (-41 - 201113312 boiling point 215 ° C), triethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 216 < t), ethylene glycol - butyric acid (boiling point 203 〇 C), Diethylene glycol di-monoethyl ether acetate (boiling point 217 C), r, butyrolactone (boiling point 204t), etc. $ $ @ 'suitable as a solution of the thermosetting composition of the present invention The user is preferred, has high volatility, can impart low-temperature hardenability, and is excellent in efficiency, and can be used in a homogeneous reaction, preferably a combination of the following solvents. Specifically, at atmospheric pressure, it has 170^~20〇. The solvent having a boiling point of π2 is at least one selected from the group consisting of diethylene glycol diethyl ether (boiling point 189. hydrazine, diethylene glycol ethyl formate (boiling point 176t:), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point mt:)) The solvent having a boiling point of 200〇c~220<>C2 is preferably a combination of r-butyrolactone (boiling point 204〇C), and the optimum combination is 170〇c-20 (rC2 boiling point) at atmospheric pressure. The solvent is diethylene glycol diethyl ether (boiling point 189. (:) and a combination of a solvent having a boiling point of 20 (TC to 220 eC) of 7-butyrolactone (boiling point 2〇4〇c) at atmospheric pressure. When a combination of a preferred solvent is used, since it has a low hygroscopicity and a high boiling point and a low volatility, it is also suitable as a solvent for a screen printing ink. In order to fully exhibit the above effects, it has a temperature of 170 ° C to 200 ° C under atmospheric pressure. The solvent of the boiling point of °C and 2 〇〇 at atmospheric pressure. 〇~220 t The ratio of the solvent of the boiling point is expressed by the mass ratio in the range of 5: 9 5 to 8 0 : 20, more preferably 1 〇: 90 to 60: 40. The polyurethane is not damaged. In the range of the solubility of the polyimine, a solvent having a boiling point of from 1 7 〇 t to 2001 and a solvent other than a solvent having a boiling point of from 200 ° C to 22 ° C at atmospheric pressure can be used. Reactive monomers or reactive diluents can also be used as solvents. The amount of the solvent to be used is preferably from 0.8 to 5.0 times (mass ratio) of the produced polyurethane melamine. When it is less than 8 times, the viscosity at the time of synthesis is too high, and it is difficult to synthesize because it cannot be stirred, and when it is more than 5. The reaction speed tends to decrease. The reaction temperature is preferably from 80 to 210 ° C, more preferably from 1 to 19 Torr. 〇, especially good is 120~180°C. When the temperature is less than 80 ° C, the reaction time is too long, and when it exceeds 21 Torr, a ternary reaction occurs in the reaction, which is liable to cause gelation. The reaction time can be appropriately selected by the size of the batch and the reaction conditions employed. Further, if necessary, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of a catalyst such as a metal such as a tertiary amine, a metal such as a metal, a tin, a zinc, a titanium or a cobalt, or a semi-metal compound. The number average molecular weight of the polyurethane polyethylenimine thus obtained is preferably 4,000 to 40, more preferably 5,000 to 38,000, particularly preferably 6,000 to 36,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 4, the film properties such as heat resistance tend to be lowered, and when it exceeds 40,000, it is not easily dissolved in a solvent, and insolubilization tends to occur during the synthesis. In addition, there is a tendency to be inferior in workability. After the end of the synthesis, the isocyanate group at the end of the resin may be blocked with a block agent such as an alcohol, an indoleamine or an anthracene. Next, a polyamine group having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having an oxime bond is described in JP-A No. 2 006-3 07 1 8 3 Ethyl formate polyimine. JP-A-2006-3-07 1 8 3 discloses a functional group having a functional group which can react with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further having a quinone bond The quinone imine is obtained by the following raw materials of the components (a) -43 to 201113312, the component (b), the component (c'), and the component (d). Component (a) diisocyanate, component (b) having a (poly)carbonate polyol derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and component (c') having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group And the difunctional hydroxy terminal 醯 represented by the formula (d) (3)

(式中,R2、R3係各自獨立表示2價之脂肪族或 烴基’ Y1係表示由四羧酸或其酸酐基所衍生之4 基’ X1係表示由二胺或二異氰酸酯所衍生之2價 ,m係0~20之整數)。 二異氰酸酯只要是丨分子中具有2個異氰酸酯 ,任何二異氰酸酯皆可。例如有脂肪族、脂環族或 之二異氰酸酯’較佳爲不含異氰酸酯基,且碳數;! 之脂肪族、脂環族或芳香族之二異氰酸酯,具體而 如有1,4-四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、ι,5-五亞甲基二異 、1,6 -六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,2,4-三甲基-1,6 -六 二異氰酸酯、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯、3_異氰酸酯甲基 三甲基環己基異氰酸酯(異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯)、 (異氰酸酯甲基)-環己烷、4,4’_二環己基甲烷二 反應而 機殘基 亞胺。 (3) 芳香族 價有機 有機基 基者時 芳香族 备 2~30 言,例 氰酸酯 亞甲基 -3,5,5-1,3-雙 異氰酸 • 44- 201113312 酯、苯亞甲基二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、 1,5 -萘二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、伸苯二甲基二 異氰酸酯等。 二異氰酸酯可使用將異氰酸酯基以嵌段化劑進行嵌段 的嵌段二異氰酸酯。 前述嵌段化劑例如有醇系、酚系、活性亞甲基系、硫 醇系 '酸醯胺系、酸醯亞胺系、咪唑系、尿素系、肟系、 胺系、亞胺系、重亞硫酸鹽系、吡啶系等,此等可單獨或 組合2種以上使用。具體的嵌段化劑,例如醇系例如有甲 醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、2_乙基己醇、甲基溶纖劑、丁基 溶纖劑、甲基卡必醇、苄醇、環己醇等,酚系例如有酚、 甲酚、乙基酚、丁基酚、壬基酚、二壬基酚、苯乙烯化般 '經基苯甲酸酯等,活性亞甲基系例如有丙二酸二甲醋、 丙二酸二乙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、乙醯基两 酮等’硫醇系例如有丁基硫醇、十二烷基硫醇等,酸醯胺 系例如有乙醯苯胺、乙酸醯胺、ε -己內醯胺' ό —戊內醯 胺、7-丁內醯胺等、酸醯亞胺系例如有丁二酸醯亞胺、 馬來酸醯亞胺,咪唑系例如有咪唑、2 -甲基咪唑,尿素系 例如有尿素、硫代尿素、乙烯尿素等’肟系例如有甲醛肟 、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、甲基乙基酮肟、環己酮肟等,胺系例 如有二苯基胺、苯胺、咔唑等,亞胺系例如有乙烯亞胺、 聚乙稀亞胺等,重亞硫酸鹽系例如有重亞硫酸鈉等,吡啶 系例如有2 -羥基吡啶、2 -羥基喹啉等。 具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基的(聚) -45 - 201113312 碳酸酯多元醇係具有對於目的之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 賦予柔軟性的作用。 具有由碳數3~ 18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基的(聚) 碳酸酯多元醇係數平均分子量較佳爲500〜10000,更佳爲 1000〜5000者。數平均分子量未達500時,很難得到較佳 之柔軟性,而數平均分子量超過10000時,耐熱性或耐溶 劑性變差,因此,前述程度者較佳。具有由碳數3〜18之 二醇所衍生之有機殘基的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇,具體而言 ,例如有宇部興產股份公司製之UH-CARB、UN-CARB、 UD-CARB、UC-CARB、DAICEL化學工業股份公司製之 PLACCEL CD-PL、PLACCEL CD-Η、股份公司 kuraray 製 之kuraray多元醇C系列等。此等聚碳酸酯多元醇可單獨 或組合2種以上使用。 製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存原料之多 元醇成分的情形,但是本說明書中,殘存之該多元醇成分 係定義爲不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯多元醇」者。 例如有將1,9-壬二醇及二乙基碳酸酯用於原料,在觸 媒之存在下藉由酯交換反應,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時 ,原料之1,9-壬二醇在生成物之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇中殘 存5質量%的情形,此殘存之1 ,9-壬二醇不包含於「(聚 )碳酸酯多元醇」內者,係包含於後述的成分(X)中。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之原料可使用1種類之具 有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基的(聚)碳酸酯 多元醇,也可倂用2種類以上。 -46- 201113312 藉由將具有可與環氧基反應之官能基之二醇化合物導 入聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之分子內,使聚胺基甲酸乙酯 聚醯亞胺進行交聯時,可有效的進行交聯,更增強所得之 硬化絕緣膜之耐熱性或耐溶劑性。 這種具有可與環氧基反應之官能基之二醇化合物,無 特別限定’具有活性氫作爲取代基之二醇化合物,較佳爲 例如具有羧基或酚性羥基之二醇化合物,特佳爲具有羧基 之二醇化合物。 具有作爲取代基之羧基或酚性羥基之化合物中,碳數 爲1〜3〇之二醇化合物較佳,碳數爲2〜20之二醇化合物更 佳。具體而言’具有酚性羥基之二醇化合物,例如有2,6 _ 雙(羥基甲基)-酚、2,6 -雙(羥基甲基)-P -甲酚等,具 有羧基之二醇化合物,例如有2,2 -二羥甲基丙酸、2,2 -二 羥甲基丁酸、2,2 -二羥甲基正丁酸等。 特開2006-3〇7183號公報所記載之具有可與環氧基反 應之官能基’且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯 亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺進行合成時所使用之2 官能性羥基末端醯亞胺可爲下述式(3 )表示。(wherein R2 and R3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic or hydrocarbyl group] Y1 represents a 4-base derived from a tetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride group thereof. X1 represents a divalent value derived from a diamine or a diisocyanate. , m is an integer from 0 to 20). The diisocyanate may be any diisocyanate as long as it has two isocyanates in the oxime molecule. For example, an aliphatic, alicyclic or diisocyanate is preferably an aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic diisocyanate which does not contain an isocyanate group and has a carbon number; specifically, such as 1,4-tetra Methyl diisocyanate, iota, 5-pentamethylene diiso, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate 3 - isocyanate methyl trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate (isophorone diisocyanate), (isocyanate methyl)-cyclohexane, 4,4'-dicyclohexylmethane di-reacting machine residue imine. (3) Aromatic valence organic organic based aromatics 2~30 words, cyanate methylene-3,5,5-1,3-bisisocyanate • 44- 201113312 Ester, phenylene Methyl diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, benzoyl diisocyanate, and the like. As the diisocyanate, a block diisocyanate in which an isocyanate group is blocked with a blocking agent can be used. Examples of the blocking agent include an alcohol system, a phenol system, an active methylene group, a thiol type acid amide type, a ruthenium amide type, an imidazole type, a urea type, an anthraquinone type, an amine type, and an imide type. The bisulfite type, the pyridine type, etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Specific blocking agents, such as alcohols, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, benzyl alcohol, cyclohexyl Examples of the phenols include alcohols, phenols, cresols, ethyl phenols, butyl phenols, nonyl phenols, decyl phenols, styrenated benzoyl benzoates, and the like. Examples of the thiol such as dimethyl sulphate, diethyl malonate, ethyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetate, and ethyl ketone, such as butyl thiol and dodecyl thiol. Examples of the acid amides include acetanilide, decylamine acetate, ε-caprolactam' quinone-valeramine, 7-butylidene, and the like, and the acid quinone imide is, for example, succinic acid succinate. Ammonium maleate, imidazole is, for example, imidazole or 2-methylimidazole, and urea is, for example, urea, thiourea, ethylene urea, etc., such as formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, acetone, methyl Examples of the ketone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, etc., and the amine type are, for example, diphenylamine, aniline or carbazole, and the imide is, for example, ethyleneimine or polyethyleneimine, and the bisulfite is, for example. Sodium bisulfite and the like, for example, a pyridine 2 - hydroxypyridine, 2 - hydroxyquinoline. The (poly)-45 - 201113312 carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms has a function of imparting flexibility to the intended polyurethane polyamide. The (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms preferably has an average molecular weight of 500 to 10,000, more preferably 1,000 to 5,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 500, it is difficult to obtain preferable flexibility, and when the number average molecular weight exceeds 10,000, heat resistance or solvent resistance is deteriorated. Therefore, the above-described degree is preferred. (Poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and specifically, for example, UH-CARB, UN-CARB, UD-CARB manufactured by Ube Industries Co., Ltd. UC-CARB, PLACEL CD-PL, PLACEL CD-Η, manufactured by DAICEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., kuraray polyol C series manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., etc. These polycarbonate polyols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the remaining raw material may be contained. However, in the present specification, the remaining polyol component is defined as not included in the "(poly)carbonate polyol". For example, when 1,9-nonanediol and diethyl carbonate are used as a raw material, and a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced by a transesterification reaction in the presence of a catalyst, the raw material is 1,9-壬2 When the alcohol remains in the (poly)carbonate polyol of the product in an amount of 5% by mass, the remaining 1,9-nonanediol is not contained in the "(poly)carbonate polyol", and is included in the following. In the ingredient (X). The raw material of the polyurethane urethane may be a (poly)carbonate polyol having one type of organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or may be used in two or more types. . -46- 201113312 Cross-linking polyurethane urethane by introducing a diol compound having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group into a molecule of polyethylammonium polyethylenimine In this case, crosslinking can be effectively carried out to further enhance the heat resistance or solvent resistance of the resulting hardened insulating film. The diol compound having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group is not particularly limited to a diol compound having an active hydrogen as a substituent, and is preferably, for example, a diol compound having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group, particularly preferably A diol compound having a carboxyl group. Among the compounds having a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group as a substituent, a diol compound having a carbon number of 1 to 3 Å is preferable, and a diol compound having a carbon number of 2 to 20 is more preferable. Specifically, 'a diol compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group, for example, 2,6 bis(hydroxymethyl)-phenol, 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-P-cresol, etc., a diol having a carboxyl group The compound may, for example, be 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid, 2,2-dihydroxymethyl-n-butyric acid or the like. JP-A No. 2006-3〇7183, which has a functional group which can react with an epoxy group and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further has a quinone bond. The 2-functional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine used in the synthesis of an amine can be represented by the following formula (3).

(式中’ R 、R3係各自獨立表示2價之脂肪族或芳香族 -47- 201113312 烴基,Υ1係表示由四羧酸或其酸酐基所衍生之4價有機 基,X 1係表示由二胺或二異氰酸酯所衍生之2價有機基 ,m係0〜20之整數)。 此2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺係由四羧酸成分與由二胺 化合物及具有1個羥基之單胺化合物所構成之胺成分而得 。式(3 )中,m係表示0〜20之整數,較佳爲〇〜1 〇,更 佳爲0~ 5,特佳爲1〜5。m爲2 0以上時,有時所得之絕緣 膜之耐彎曲性變差,因此,前述程度者較佳。 2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺之原料成分的四羧酸成分, 例如有芳香族四羧酸 '或彼等之酸二酐或低級醇之酯化物 ,其所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之耐熱性優異,故較 佳。具體而言’ 2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸、3,3,,4,4,-聯苯四 羧酸、2,2’,3,3’ -聯苯四羧酸、3,3,,4,4,-二苯基醚四羧酸 、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基楓四羧酸' 3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸 、2,2 -雙(3,4 -苯二羧酸)六氟丙烷、苯均四酸、丨,4 -雙 (3,4-苯二羧酸)苯、2,2-雙〔4-(3,4-苯氧基二羧酸)苯 基〕丙烷、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸、1,4,5,8 -萘四羧酸、1,1_雙(2,3 -二羧基苯基) 乙烷等之芳香族四羧酸、或彼等之酸二酐或低級醇之酯化 物、及環戊烷四羧酸、1,2,4,5 -環己烷四羧酸、3 -甲基環 己院-1,2,4,5 -四竣酸等之脂環族系四羧酸、或彼等之酸二 酐或低級醇之酯化物。此等當中,特別是2,3,3,,4,-聯苯 四羧酸、3,3’,4,4,-二苯基醚四羧酸、及2,2,,3,3,-聯苯四 殘酸、或彼等之酸二酐或低級醇之酯化物係作爲聚胺基甲 -48- 201113312 酸乙酯聚醯亞胺時對溶劑之溶解性優異,故較佳。 四羧酸成分較佳爲使用容易與二胺反應之四羧酸二酐 〇 作爲2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺之原料使用之胺成分中 的二胺化合物’無特別限定,可使用芳香族 '脂環式及脂 肪族之二胺。具體而言,芳香族二胺例如有1,4-二胺基苯 、1,3-二胺基苯、2,4_二胺基甲苯、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二鹵 基苯等之含有1個苯環的二胺類 '雙(4_胺基苯基)醚、 雙(3_胺基苯基)醚、雙(4-胺基苯基)颯、雙(3-胺基 苯基)颯、雙(4-胺基苯基)甲烷、雙(3-胺基苯基)甲 烷、雙(4-胺基苯基)硫化物、雙(3-胺基苯基)硫化物 、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基苯基)丙 烷、2,2 -雙(4_胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、〇 -二茴香胺、〇 -聯 甲苯胺、聯甲苯胺磺酸類等之含有2個苯環的二胺類、 1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯 、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、1,4-雙(3-胺基苯基)苯、 〇,£^’-雙(4-胺基苯基)-1,4-二異丙基苯、〇:,〇’-雙(4-胺基苯基)-1,3-二異丙基苯等之含有3個苯環之二胺類、 2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基〕六氟丙烷、2,2-雙〔4-(4-胺基苯氧 基)苯基〕颯、4,4’-(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)莽、5,10-雙(4_胺基苯基)蒽等含有4個以上 苯環之二胺類等的二胺化合物。脂環式二胺較佳爲分子內 具有1個以上之脂肪族環之碳數爲5〜30的脂環式二胺, -49 - 201113312 例如有異佛爾酮二胺、降崁烯二胺、1,2 -二胺基環己烷' 1,3-二胺基環己烷、1,4-二胺基環己烷、雙(4-胺基環己 基)甲烷等。脂肪族二胺較佳爲碳數爲2〜3 0之脂肪族二 胺’例如有六亞甲基二胺、二胺基十二烷等。 前述二胺化合物中,使用脂環式二胺之2官能性羥基 末端醯亞胺係對溶劑之溶解性升高。因此,與前述式(43 )之R18爲碳數9〜18之長鏈亞甲基所構成之(聚)碳酸 酯多元醇組合,得到聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺樹脂時,該 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺也可容易均勻溶解於溶劑中,且 耐熱性良好,因此,特別適合。 2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺之胺成分中具有1個羥基之 單胺化合物,只要是分子中分別具有1個羥基與1個胺基 的化合物時,即無特別限定,例如有胺基乙醇、胺基丙醇 、胺基丁醇等具有羥基之脂肪族單胺化合物,特別是碳數 爲1〜1 0之具有羥基之脂肪族單胺化合物、胺基環己醇等 具有羥基之脂環式單胺化合物,特別是碳數爲3〜20之具 有羥基的脂環式單胺化合物、胺基酹、胺基甲酚、4-羥 基-4’-胺基二苯基醚、4-羥基-4’-胺基聯苯、胺基苄醇、 胺基苯乙基醇等具有羥基的芳香族單胺化合物,特別是碳 數爲6〜20之具有羥基的芳香族單胺化合物。 2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺係將四羧酸成分與由二胺化 合物及具有1個羥基之單胺化合物所構成之胺成分,在四 羧酸成分之酸酐基(或鄰接之二個羧基等)之當量數與胺 成分之胺基之當量數爲略等量的狀態,在溶劑中進行聚合 -50- 201113312 及醯亞胺化反應而得。具體而言,將四羧酸成分(特別是 四羧酸二酐)與由二胺化合物與具有羥基之單胺化合物所 構成之胺成分,在酸酐基(或鄰接之二羧酸基)與胺成分 之胺基爲略當量的比例下使用,將各成分在有機極性溶劑 中,約100°c以下,特別是8CTC以下之反應溫度進行反應 ,生成具有醯胺-酸鍵之低聚物,接著,將該醯胺-酸鍵之 低聚物(也稱爲醯胺酸低聚物)在約0 °C〜1 4 0 °c之低溫下 添加醯亞胺化劑,或以1 4 0 °c〜2 5 0 °c之高溫加熱,脫水·醯 亞胺化的方法而得。脫水·醯亞胺化反應時,可添加甲苯 或二甲苯,藉由共沸除去縮合水,同時反應。 製造2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺時所使用的溶劑,例如 有N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2·吡 略院酮、Ν -甲基己內酿胺等之驢胺溶劑、二甲基亞颯、六 甲基磷甲醯胺、二甲基楓、四亞甲基颯、二甲基四亞甲基 颯等含有硫原子的溶劑、甲酚、酚、二甲酚等酚類溶劑、 二乙二醇二甲醚(diglyme)、三乙二醇二甲醚(triglyme )、四乙二醇二甲醚等之二乙二醇二甲醚類溶劑、7-丁 內酯等之內酯類溶劑、異佛爾酮、環己酮、3,3,5 -三甲基 環己酮等之酮類溶劑 '吡啶、乙二醇' 二噁烷、四甲基尿 素等其他的溶劑,必要時有苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴 類溶劑。此等有機溶劑可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 如前述製造的2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺有時成爲前述 式(3 )中之m爲不同之複數之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺 的混合物。本發明鐘,可將m爲不同之複數之2官能性 -51 - 201113312 羥基末端醯亞胺低聚物所構成之混合物分離成各個的聚醯 亞胺來使用,但是也可在不分離的狀態,直接以混合物的 狀態使用。2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺之m (混合物時爲m 之平均値)係可藉由製造時之胺成分中之二胺化合物與單 胺化合物之投入比(莫耳比)來控制。 如前述製造之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺之反應液可直 接或適當濃縮或經稀釋後,作爲改性醯亞胺低聚物溶液使 用。此外’將其反應液注入水等之非溶解性溶劑中,以粉 末狀的生成物形態進行單離,必要時,也可將其粉末生成 物溶解於溶劑來使用。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺係如前述,將以 成分(a)二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c’)具有可與環氧基反應之官能基的及 成分(d )式(3 )表示之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺爲 必須成分之組成物進行反應而得。 必要時,可倂用不屬於成分(b )、成分(c,)及成 分(d)中任一的多元醇(以下,此成分稱爲成分(χ)) 〇 成分(X)例如有1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,2-丁二 醇 ' 丨,3-丁二醇、丨,4·丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6 -己二醇、 3 -甲基-1,5 -戊二醇、ι,8_辛二醇、丨,3_環己烷二甲醇、 1,4-環己烷二甲醇、ι,9_壬二醇、2_甲基-丨,8-辛二醇、 -52- 201113312 1 , 1 0 -癸二醇、1,2 -十四烷二醇、2,4 -二乙基-1,5 -戊二醇、 2-丁基-2-乙基丙二醇、1,3_環己烷二甲醇、1,3-苯二甲醇 、1,4-苯二甲醇等。 如前述,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時有原料之 多元醇成分殘存,但是本說明書中,殘存之該多元醇成分 不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯多元醇」中,而包含於成分(X )中。 成分(a)、成分(b)、成分(c’)及成分(d)之 各成分的組成比係各成分合計之羥基數/異氰酸酯基數, 以具體的成分表示〔成分(b) +成分(c,)+成分(d) + 成分(X) 〕/成分(a)之莫耳比爲 0.5〜3.0,較佳爲 0.8〜2 _ 5,特佳爲 〇 _ 9〜2 · 0的比例。成分(a )過多時,有 時聚合液增黏,故不佳。此外,[成分(b ) +成分(c,)+ 成分(X ) ]/成分(d )之莫耳比爲 〇.〇1〜100,較佳爲 0.1〜10之比例。[成分(b) +成分(c,)+成分(X)]過多 時,耐熱性差,成分(d )過多時,柔軟性差。 製造此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺時之原料成分之前述 成分(b)與成分(c’)之組合爲與由具有數平均分子量 爲500〜1 0000之碳數3~18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基之( 聚)碳酸酯多元醇(成分(b ))與成分(c,)之組合所 構成時,成分(a)與〔成分(b) +成分(c,)+成分(X )〕係〔成分(b)+成分(c’)+成分(X) 〕/成分(a) 之莫耳比爲〇·5〜2.5,較佳爲〇·8~2.5之比例,且成分(b )、成分(c ’)係成分(c ’)/成分(b )之莫耳比爲 -53- 201113312 0.1〜10,較佳爲0.1〜5之比例。〔成分(b) +成分(c’) +成分(x) 〕/成分(a)之値太小時,成分(d)之含量 變多’柔軟性差,〔成分(b ) +成分(c,)+成分(x )〕 /成分(a )之値太大時,成分(d )之含量變少,耐熱性 差’因此則述範圍之比例較佳。成分(b )與成分(c,) 之比例中,成分(c ’)之比例過多時,所得之聚胺基甲酸 乙酯聚醯亞胺溶液之黏度變太高,或所得之硬化膜之吸濕 性變太大’故不佳。而成分(C ’)之比例太少時,交聯密 度降低,所得之硬化膜之耐熱性容易降低,故不佳。成分 (X)係相較於成分(b)或成分(C’),使用較少量爲佳 ,更佳爲僅使用成分(b)之合成時所殘存之多元醇成分 所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺較佳爲含有下述式 45)〜式(47)之構造單位所成。 X—N一C-〇-^R20*O-C-O^-R20-〇_C—N- Ο ο (4 5) (式中,χ6係由二異氰酸酯去除異氰酸酯基之2價基團 ,複數個之R2G係各自獨立表示由碳數3〜18之二醇去除 羥基之2價基團’ t係1〜4〇之整數’ u係1〜100之整數。 -54- 201113312(wherein R and R3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic or aromatic-47-201113312 hydrocarbon group, Υ1 represents a tetravalent organic group derived from a tetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride group thereof, and X 1 represents two A divalent organic group derived from an amine or a diisocyanate, m being an integer of 0 to 20). The bifunctional hydroxyl terminal quinone imine is obtained from a tetracarboxylic acid component and an amine component composed of a diamine compound and a monoamine compound having one hydroxyl group. In the formula (3), m is an integer of 0 to 20, preferably 〇~1 〇, more preferably 0 to 5, particularly preferably 1 to 5. When m is 20 or more, the bending resistance of the obtained insulating film may be deteriorated. Therefore, the above-described degree is preferred. A tetracarboxylic acid component of a raw material component of a bifunctional hydroxyl terminated quinone imine, for example, an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid ' or an acid dianhydride or an ester of a lower alcohol, and the obtained polyurethane polycondensate obtained The imine is preferred because it has excellent heat resistance. Specifically '2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 3,3,4,4,-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylate Acid, 3,3,,4,4,-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl maple tetracarboxylic acid '3,3',4,4'-diphenyl Methyl ketone tetracarboxylic acid, 2,2-bis(3,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid) hexafluoropropane, pyromellitic acid, hydrazine, 4-bis(3,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid) benzene, 2, 2 - bis[4-(3,4-phenoxydicarboxylic acid)phenyl]propane, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1, An aromatic tetracarboxylic acid such as 2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid or 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane; Such acid dianhydride or ester of lower alcohol, and cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid, 3-methylcyclohexan-1,2,4, An alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid such as 5-tetradecanoic acid, or an esterified product of the same or an acid dianhydride or a lower alcohol. Among these, especially 2,3,3,,4,-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4,-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid, and 2, 2, 3, 3, The biphenyl tetraresidic acid or the acid dianhydride or the esterified product of the lower alcohol is preferably used as the polyaminomethyl-48-201113312 ethyl acrylate polyimine, which is excellent in solubility in a solvent. The tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably a diamine compound which is used as a raw material of a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone which is easily reacted with a diamine, and is not particularly limited. Alicyclic and aliphatic diamines. Specifically, the aromatic diamine is, for example, 1,4-diaminobenzene, 1,3-diaminobenzene, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 1,4-diamino-2,5-di a diamine such as a halogenated benzene, which is a diamine such as bis(4-aminophenyl)ether, bis(3-aminophenyl)ether, bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene or bis( 3-aminophenyl)anthracene, bis(4-aminophenyl)methane, bis(3-aminophenyl)methane, bis(4-aminophenyl) sulfide, bis(3-aminobenzene) Sulfide, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoro Diamines containing two benzene rings, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4, such as propane, hydrazine-dianisidine, hydrazine-tolidine, and toluidinesulfonic acid - bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(3-aminophenyl)benzene, hydrazine, £^'-double (4-Aminophenyl)-1,4-diisopropylbenzene, hydrazine:, 〇'-bis(4-aminophenyl)-1,3-diisopropylbenzene, etc. containing 3 benzenes Ring diamines, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-dual 4-(4-Aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]anthracene, 4,4'-(4-amino group a phenoxy)biphenyl, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 5,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene or the like containing four or more benzene rings Amine compound. The alicyclic diamine is preferably an alicyclic diamine having 1 or more aliphatic rings in the molecule and having a carbon number of 5 to 30, -49 - 201113312, for example, isophorone diamine, norbornene diamine 1,2-diaminocyclohexane '1,3-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, and the like. The aliphatic diamine is preferably an aliphatic diamine having a carbon number of 2 to 30, for example, hexamethylenediamine or diaminododecane. Among the diamine compounds, the solubility of the bifunctional hydroxy terminal imipenem using an alicyclic diamine to the solvent is increased. Therefore, when the R18 of the above formula (43) is a (poly)carbonate polyol composed of a long-chain methylene group having a carbon number of 9 to 18, a polyurethane polyalkylene resin is obtained. The ethyl urethane polyamine is also particularly suitable because it can be easily dissolved uniformly in a solvent and has good heat resistance. The monoamine compound having one hydroxyl group in the amine component of the bifunctional hydroxyl terminated quinone imine is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one hydroxyl group and one amine group in the molecule, and is, for example, an aminoethanol. An aliphatic monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group such as an aminopropanol or an aminobutanol, particularly an aliphatic monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group of 1 to 10 and having a hydroxyl group; an alicyclic group having a hydroxyl group such as an aminocyclohexanol a monoamine compound, particularly an alicyclic monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group of 3 to 20, an amine hydrazine, an amino cresol, a 4-hydroxy-4'-aminodiphenyl ether, a 4-hydroxy group - An aromatic monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group such as 4'-aminobiphenyl, aminobenzyl alcohol or aminophenethyl alcohol, particularly an aromatic monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group of 6 to 20 and having a hydroxyl group. The bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine is an amine component composed of a dicarboxylic acid component and a monoamine compound having one hydroxyl group, and an acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic acid component (or two adjacent carboxyl groups) The equivalent number of the amine group and the amine group of the amine component are in a similar amount, and the polymerization is carried out in a solvent of -50-201113312 and a ruthenium imidization reaction. Specifically, a tetracarboxylic acid component (particularly a tetracarboxylic dianhydride) and an amine component composed of a diamine compound and a monoamine compound having a hydroxyl group, in an acid anhydride group (or a contiguous dicarboxylic acid group) and an amine The amine group of the component is used in a ratio of a slight equivalent, and each component is reacted in an organic polar solvent at a reaction temperature of about 100 ° C or less, particularly 8 CTC or less, to form an oligomer having a guanamine-acid bond, and then Adding the guanamine-acid bond oligomer (also known as valeric acid oligomer) to the hydrazine imidizing agent at a low temperature of about 0 ° C to 140 ° C, or at 1 40 ° C ~ 2 5 0 °c high temperature heating, dehydration · hydrazine imidization method derived. In the dehydration/hydrazine imidization reaction, toluene or xylene may be added, and the condensation water may be removed by azeotropy while reacting. The solvent used in the production of the bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2.pyrrolidone驴-methyl-mercaptoamine and other guanamine solvents, dimethyl hydrazine, hexamethylphosphonamide, dimethyl maple, tetramethylene fluorene, dimethyltetramethylene hydrazine, etc. a solvent of a sulfur atom, a phenolic solvent such as cresol, phenol or xylenol; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), triethylene glycol dimethyl ether (triglyme), tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc. a glycol solvent such as a glycol dimethyl ether solvent or a lactone solvent such as 7-butyrolactone, a ketone solvent such as isophorone, cyclohexanone or 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone; Other solvents such as ethylene glycol 'dioxane and tetramethyl urea, if necessary, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine produced as described above may sometimes be a mixture of a plurality of bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imines in which m in the above formula (3) is different. In the clock of the present invention, a mixture of difunctional 2-51-201113312 hydroxy-terminal quinone imine oligomers having different m numbers can be separated into individual polyimines, but it can also be used in a state in which it is not separated. It is used directly in the state of the mixture. The m of the bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (the average enthalpy of m in the mixture) can be controlled by the ratio of the ratio of the diamine compound to the monoamine compound (mole ratio) in the amine component at the time of production. The reaction solution of the bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine prepared as described above can be used as a modified quinone imine oligomer solution directly or appropriately concentrated or diluted. Further, the reaction solution is poured into an insoluble solvent such as water, and is isolated in the form of a powdery product. If necessary, the powder product may be dissolved in a solvent and used. The polyurethane polyethylenimine is a (poly)carbonate having an organic residue derived from a component (a) diisocyanate and component (b) having a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms as described above. The polyol and the component (c') have a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and the component (d) is obtained by reacting a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine represented by the formula (3) as an essential component. When necessary, a polyol other than the component (b), the component (c,), and the component (d) (hereinafter, this component is referred to as a component (χ)) may be used. For example, the component (X) may have 1, 2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol 'oxime, 3-butanediol, hydrazine, 4·butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, iota, 8-octanediol, hydrazine, 3_cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, iota, 9-decanediol, 2 _Methyl-oxime, 8-octanediol, -52- 201113312 1 , 1 0 -decanediol, 1,2-tetradecanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol 2-butyl-2-ethylpropanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,3-benzenedimethanol, 1,4-benzenedimethanol, and the like. As described above, when the (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the raw material may remain. However, in the present specification, the remaining polyol component is not contained in the "(poly)carbonate polyol" but includes In the ingredient (X). The composition ratio of each component of the component (a), the component (b), the component (c'), and the component (d) is the total number of hydroxyl groups/isocyanate groups of each component, and is represented by a specific component [component (b) + component ( c,) + component (d) + component (X)] / component (a) has a molar ratio of 0.5 to 3.0, preferably 0.8 to 2 _ 5 , particularly preferably 〇 9 to 2 · 0. When the amount of the component (a) is too large, the polymerization solution sometimes becomes thick, which is not preferable. Further, the molar ratio of [component (b) + component (c,) + component (X)] / component (d) is 〇. 〇 1 to 100, preferably 0.1 to 10 ratio. When the component (b) + component (c,) + component (X) is too large, the heat resistance is poor, and when the component (d) is too large, the flexibility is poor. The combination of the above component (b) and the component (c') of the raw material component in the production of the polyethylene urethane polyimide is the same as the carbon number of 3 to 18 which has a number average molecular weight of 500 to 1 0000. When the (poly)carbonate polyol (component (b)) of the organic residue derived from the alcohol is composed of the combination of the component (c,), the component (a) and the component (b) + component (c,) + The ratio of the component (X)] [component (b) + component (c') + component (X)] / component (a) is 〇·5 to 2.5, preferably 〇·8 to 2.5. Further, the molar ratio of the component (b) and the component (c') component (c') / component (b) is -53 to 201113312 0.1 to 10, preferably 0.1 to 5. [Component (b) + component (c') + component (x)] / component (a) is too small, the content of component (d) is increased, 'softness is poor, and [component (b) + component (c,) When the component (x)]/component (a) is too large, the content of the component (d) is small, and the heat resistance is poor. Therefore, the ratio of the range is preferably. In the ratio of the component (b) to the component (c,), when the ratio of the component (c ') is too large, the viscosity of the obtained polyethyl urethane solution of the polyurethane is too high, or the obtained cured film is sucked. The wetness is too big, so it is not good. On the other hand, when the ratio of the component (C ') is too small, the crosslinking density is lowered, and the heat resistance of the obtained cured film is liable to lower, which is not preferable. The component (X) is preferably used in a smaller amount than the component (b) or the component (C'), and more preferably a polyaminocarboxylic acid obtained by using only the polyol component remaining in the synthesis of the component (b). The ethyl ester polyimine is preferably composed of a structural unit containing the following formula 45) to formula (47). X—N—C—〇—^R20*OCO^-R20-〇_C—N- Ο ο (4 5) (wherein χ6 is a divalent group from which an isocyanate group is removed by a diisocyanate, and a plurality of R2G Each of which is an integer representing the number of the divalent group of the hydroxy group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, which is an integer of 1 to 4 ', and an integer of 1 to 100. -54- 201113312

X—N——C——0—W—Ο— (式中,X6係由二異氰酸酯去除異氰酸酯基之2價基團 ,W係表示由具有可與環氧基反應之官能基之二醇去除羥 基之2價基團,V係表示1〜4〇之整數。)X—N—C—0—W—Ο— (wherein, X6 is a divalent group from which an isocyanate group is removed by a diisocyanate, and W is a diol removed by a functional group reactive with an epoxy group. A divalent group of a hydroxyl group, and V is an integer of 1 to 4 Å.)

(式中,X6係由二異氰酸酯去除異氰酸酯基之2價基團 ,複數個之R21、R22係各自獨立表示2價之脂肪族或芳 香族烴基,Υ4係表示去除四羧酸之羧基之4價基團,X7 係表示去除二胺之胺基之2價基團,w係表示〇〜2〇之整 數,X係表示1〜100之整數。) 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺係介於胺基甲酸乙酯鍵,與 來自碳數3〜18之二醇之(聚)碳酸酯單元、具有可與環 氧基反應之官能基之二醇單元及2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺 單元進行共聚合者,u、ν'及X係表示彼等之單元的聚合 度與構成比。但是前述之各單元不限於嵌段共聚合者。來 自碳數3〜18之二醇之(聚)碳酸酯單元、具有可與環氧 基反應之官能基之一醇單兀、及2目非性經基末端酿亞胺 單元可嵌段共聚合或無規共聚合。末端雖無明確表示,但 是因位於末端之二異氰酸酯化合物或前述各單元,因而末 -55- 201113312 端成爲異氰酸酯基或羥基。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之製造方法可將所 同時溶解於溶劑,進行反應,但是2官能性羥基末 胺單元生成嵌段連續的分子鏈時’不溶於溶劑’而 生沉澱,故預先將二異氰酸酯與具有由碳數3〜18 所衍生之有機殘基之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇以異氰酸 對於羥基,以過剩的狀態下進行反應,接著再與2 羥基末端醯亞胺反應,可確保溶解性,進行良好反 較佳。 . 具體說明此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之製造方 二異氰酸酯化合物與具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍 機殘基之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇或具有可與環氧基反 能基之二醇反應係在可在無溶劑或溶解於溶劑來進 。反應溫度係30°C~150°C,較佳爲30°C〜120°C,反 通常爲1〜1 〇小時。此反應爲了防止異氰酸酯因水 去活性,較佳爲在氮氣氛下進行反應。 二異氰酸酯化合物與具有由碳數3〜18之二醇 之有機殘基之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇或具有可與環氧 之官能基之二醇之反應所得之二異氰酸酯化合物、 能性羥基末端醯亞胺之反應係在溶劑中,以反 30°C〜150°C,較佳爲30°C~120°C,反應時間1〜15 氮氣氛下進行較佳。此反應中,2官能性羥基末端 之羥基數對二異氛酸酯化合物之異氰酸酯基數之比 數/異氰酸酯基數)係0.5〜2.5,較佳爲1.5〜2.5。0 有成分 端醯亞 容易產 之二醇 酯基相 官能性 應,故 法時, 生之有 應之官 行反應 應時間 分而失 所衍生 基反應 與2官 應溫度 小時、 醯亞胺 (羥基 .5以下 -56- 201113312 時’所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺樹脂之耐熱性低, 2 · 5以上時’作爲硬化膜時,變得太硬’因此前述之範圍 較佳。 製造此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之反應所適用的溶劑 可使用具有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲 酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之合成時所使用之溶劑,例如段落 [0191]〜[0197]所記載的溶劑。 爲了順利得到本發明之熱硬化性組成物時,聚胺基甲 酸乙酯聚醯亞胺係以至少3質量%以上、較佳爲5 ~ 6 0質 量%程度之高濃度溶解於溶劑者,該溶液之2 5 °C的溶液黏 度(E型回轉黏度計)爲1000〜lOOOOOOOmPa’s,特佳爲 1000〜600000mPa*s 程度者。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之分子量變得太大時,溶 液黏度太高,組成物之調製時,攪拌困難。此外,組成物 爲太高黏度時,以網版印刷等之方法形成塗膜時之作業性 降低。因此,構成此發明之樹脂組成物之聚胺基甲酸乙酯 聚醯亞胺的數平均分子量,較佳爲3000〜50000,更佳爲 4000〜40000,特佳爲 4000〜30000。數平均分子量未達 3 000時,所得之硬化絕緣膜之耐熱性或力學特性有降低 的傾向。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯醯亞胺之原料成分的成分(c ’)使 用具有羧基之二醇時,此聚胺基甲酸乙酯醯亞胺之酸價較 佳爲 5〜120mgKOH/g,更佳爲10〜50mgKOH/g。酸價未達 5 mgKOH/g時,與具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物之 -57- 201113312 反應性降低,將後述之熱硬化性組成物進行硬化所得之配 線板之保護膜的耐熱性有時會降低。而超過120mgKOH/g 時,有時保護膜變得太硬且脆。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯較佳爲數平均分子量爲 3000〜50000,且酸價爲5〜120mgKOH/g者,更佳爲數平均 分子量爲4000〜30000,且酸價爲10~50mgKOH/g。 具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示 之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 之中,經合成之聚醯亞胺聚胺基甲酸乙酯之安定性受重視 時,相較於前述之特開2003- 1 98 1 05號公報所記載之具有 可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單 位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺,較佳爲 特開2006-3 0 7 1 8 3號公報所記載之具有可與環氧基反應之 官能基’且具有式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺 鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺者。特佳爲使以下述(a) 、(b ) 、 ( c )及(d )爲必須的原料進行反應所得之聚 胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺。 成分(a )二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、 成分(d )式(3 )表示之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺。 其次說明在溶解於溶劑之範圍內,分子中具有一定之 分支構造’且具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式( -58- 201113312 1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯。 在溶解於溶劑之範圍內’分子中具有一定之 ,且具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式( 之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯係使下述成分(a (b )、成分(c )及成分(e )進行反應所得。 成分(a )二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、 成分(e) 1分子中具有3個以上之羥基的化 成分(a)之二異氰酸酯只要是1分子中具; 氰酸酯基者,任何皆可。例如有脂肪族、脂環族 之二異氰酸酯,較佳爲異氰酸酯基除外,碳數爲 脂肪族、脂環族或芳香族之二異氰酸酯,具體而 有1,4 -環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯 雙(4-環己基異氰酸酯)、1,3-雙(異氰酸基甲 烷、1,4_雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己烷、苯亞 氰酸酯、2,6-苯亞甲基二異氰酸酯 '二苯基甲怎 異氰酸酯、1,3-伸苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、1,4_伸 二異氰酸酯、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異 2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,2,4-三甲基 基二異氰酸酯及降莰烷二異氰酸酯等。 成分(b)之具有由碳數3~18之二醇所衍生 基的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇係數平均分子1 分支構造 :1 )表示 )、成分 有機殘基 合物。 等2個異 或芳香族 2〜30之 言,例如 、亞甲基 基)環己 甲基二異 € -4,4,-二 苯二甲基 氰酸酯、 己院亞甲 之有機殘 t較佳爲 -59- 201113312 400~ 1 0000,更佳爲 45 0~5000,最佳爲 5 00〜3 000者。數 平均分子量未達400時,很難得到較佳的柔軟性,而數平 均分子量超過1 0 0 0 0時,耐熱性或耐溶劑性變差,因此, 前述程度者較佳。具有由碳數3~ 18之二醇所衍生之有機 殘基的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇,具體而言,例如有宇部興產 股份公司製之 UH-CARB、UN-CARB、UD-CARB、UC-CARB、DAICEL化學工業股份公司製之P L A C C E L、C D-205、2 05PL、2 05HL ' 210、210PL、210HL、220、220PL 、220HL、股份公司kbraray製之kuraray多元醇C-590、 C-1065N、C-1015N、C-2015N等。此等聚碳酸酯多元醇 可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 如前述,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存 原料之多元醇成分的情形,但是本說明書中,殘存之該多 元醇成分係定義爲不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯多元醇」者。 例如有將三羥甲基丙烷與1,9-壬二醇及二乙基碳酸酯 用於原料,在觸媒之存在下藉由酯交換反應,製造(聚) 碳酸酯多元醇時,原料之三羥甲基丙烷與1 ,9-壬二醇在生 成物之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇中分別殘存5質量%時,此殘 存之三羥甲基丙烷與1,9-壬二醇不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯 多元醇」內者,多元醇爲1分子中具有3個以上之羥基的 化合物(此時爲三羥甲基丙烷)時,此多元醇係屬於成分 (e),而多元醇爲1分子中具有2個羥基的化合物(此 時爲1,9-壬二醇)時,包含於後述的成分(y)內。 成分(c)之具有羧基之二醇,例如有2,2-二羥甲基 -60- 201113312 丙酸、2,2 -二羥甲基丁酸、Ν,Ν·雙(羥基乙基)甘胺酸、 Ν,Ν -雙(羥基乙基)甘胺酸等。此等中,從對溶劑的溶解 度來看,特佳爲2,2-二羥甲基丙酸、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸。 這些具有羧基之多元醇可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使 用。 成分(e)之1分子中具有3個以上之羥基的化合物 ’例如有甘油、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、三(2-羥 基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、山梨糖 醇等。此等中,考慮合成時之容易度時,特佳爲三羥甲基 乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、三(2-羥基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯。 如前述,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存 原料之多元醇成分的情形,但是殘存之多元醇成分爲1分 子中具有3個以上之經基的化合物時,包含於成分(e ) 內。 必要時’除了成分(b )、成分(c )及成分(e )外 ’可倂用不含成分(b)、成分(c)及成分(e)中任一 的二醇成分(以下稱爲成分(y))。 成分(y)例如有1,2 -丙二醇、1,3 -丙二醇、1,2 -丁二 酉争、1,3 - 丁二醇、丨,4 - 丁二醇、1 , 5 -戊二醇、1,6 -己二醇、 3 -甲基-1 , 5 -戊二醇、丨,8 —辛二醇、丨,3 _環己烷二甲醇、 ^4 -環己烷二甲醇、1,9 -壬二醇、2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇、 llO-癸二醇、1,2-十四烷二醇、2,4-二乙基-1,5-戊二醇、 2·丁基-2 -乙基丙二醇、13 —環己烷二甲醇、:1,3_苯二甲醇 、1,4-苯二甲醇等。 -61 - 201113312 如前述,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存 原料之多元醇成分的情形,但是殘存之多元醇成分爲1分 子中具有2個羥基的化合物(即二醇)時,包含於後述的 成分(y)內。 本發明之熱硬化性組成物之成分之具有可與環氧基反 應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲 酸乙酯爲使用以前述成分(a)、成分(b)、成分(c) 及成分(e )爲必須的原料成分進行反應所得的聚胺基甲 酸乙酯時,此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之製造方法例如有藉由以下 方法來製造。 在如二丁基錫二月桂酸酯之公知胺基甲酸以酯化觸媒 之存在下或不存在下,使用溶劑,使以成分(a)、成分 (b )、成分(c )及成分(e )爲必須的原料成分(必要 時’成分(y))進行反應而合成。此反應在無觸媒下進 行反應時’最終可提高後述本發明(Π )之配線板之保護 膜之使用時的物性値,故較佳。 此等原料投入的順序雖無特別限定,通常爲先投入成 分(M 、成分(c)、成分(e)及必要時之成分(y), i谷解於溶劑後’在2 0〜1 4 〇 °C,較佳爲在6 0 ~ 1 2 0 °c,一邊 滴入添加成分(a),其後在50〜160它,較佳爲在 6〇°C〜l5〇°C下使此等進行反應。 原料之投入莫耳比係配合成分(a )、成分(b )、成 分(c )及成分(e )爲必須的原料成分進行反應所得的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯之分子量及酸價來調節。藉由使用單羥基化 -62- 201113312 合物也可調節此聚胺基甲酸乙酯的分子量。換言之 目的之數平均分子量時(或接近目的之數平均分子 ,將末端之異氰酸酯基封鏈,以抑制數平均分子量 昇爲目的而添加單羥基化合物。 使用單羥基化合物時,即使聚異氰酸酯化合物 酸醋基之數少於或相同或多於成分(b)、成分(c 分(e)及成分(y)之總羥基數,也不會有問題。 又,過剩使用單羥基化合物時,雖形成未反應 基化合物殘存的結果,但是此時直接將過剩之單羥 物作爲溶劑之一部分使用、或可藉由蒸餾等除去。 將單羥基化合物導入於以成分(a )、成分(b 分(c )及成分(e )爲必須的原料成分進行反應所 胺基甲酸乙酯中係抑制此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之分子量 (即停止反應)的緣故,爲了將單羥基化合物導入 基甲酸乙酯中,可將單羥基化合物在230〜150 , 在7 0〜1 4 0 °C下滴入於溶液中,其後在同溫度下保持 應完成。 又’成分(e )之使用量較佳爲全原料成分之 質量%,更佳爲0.2〜2.0質量%,最佳爲〇.3〜15 。未達0.1質量%時,有時無添加的效果,故不佳 ’多於5.0質量%時,有時合成時之分子量調整困 不佳。 如上述’使以成分(a )、成分(b )、成分< 成分(e )爲必須之原料成分進行反應而得之聚胺 ,達到 量時) 之再上 之異氰 )、成 之單羥 基化合 )、成 得的聚 之增大 於聚胺 較佳爲 ,使反 0.1 〜5.0 質量% 。此外 難,故 :Ο及 基甲酸 -63- 201113312 乙酯的數平均分子量,較佳爲100〇〜1 00000,更佳爲 3 000〜50000’ 特佳爲 5000〜30000。 本說明書所記載之「數平均分子量」係以凝膠滲透層 析儀(以下稱爲GPC )所測定之聚苯乙烯換算之數平均分 子量。數平均分子量未達1,000時,有時會損及硬化膜的 伸度、可撓性及強度,超過1 〇〇,〇〇〇時,對溶劑之溶解性 會降低,且即使溶解,黏度也會變高,而在使用上受到限 制。 本說明書中,若無特別說明,· GPC之測定條件係如下 述。 裝置名:日本分光(股)製HPLC單位 HSS-2000 管柱:Shodex管柱LF-804(3支直列) 移動相:四氫呋喃 流速:1.0mL/min(wherein X6 is a divalent group in which an isocyanate group is removed by a diisocyanate, and a plurality of R21 and R22 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, and Υ4 means a tetravalent value of a carboxyl group from which a tetracarboxylic acid is removed. The group, X7 represents a divalent group from which the amine group of the diamine is removed, w represents an integer of 〇~2〇, and X represents an integer of 1 to 100.) Polyethyl urethane polyimide a urethane bond, a (poly)carbonate unit derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a diol unit having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and a bifunctional hydroxy terminal quinone imide unit For the copolymerization, u, ν' and X represent the degree of polymerization and the composition ratio of the units. However, each of the foregoing units is not limited to a block copolymerizer. (Poly)carbonate units derived from a diol having a carbon number of 3 to 18, an alcohol monohydric oxime having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and a block copolymerizable unit of a 2-mical nonionic trans-terminally-branched imine unit Or random copolymerization. Although the terminal is not specifically shown, it is an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group at the terminal -55-201113312 due to the terminal diisocyanate compound or the above-mentioned respective units. The method for producing the polyurethane polyethylenimine can be simultaneously dissolved in a solvent to carry out a reaction, but the bifunctional hydroxy-terminated amine unit forms a continuous molecular chain and is insoluble in a solvent to precipitate. Therefore, the diisocyanate and the (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from carbon atoms 3 to 18 are reacted in an excessive state with isocyanic acid for the hydroxyl group, and then with 2 hydroxyl end groups. The amine reaction ensures solubility and performs better and better. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The polyisocyanate compound of the polyurethane is prepared by using a polyisocyanate compound and a (poly)carbonate polyol having a residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or having an epoxy group. The diol reaction of the radix group can be carried out without solvent or dissolved in a solvent. The reaction temperature is 30 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, and the reverse is usually 1 to 1 Torr. In order to prevent the isocyanate from being deactivated by water, the reaction is preferably carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere. a diisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound with a (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue of a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or a diol having a functional group capable of reacting with an epoxy group, an energy hydroxyl terminal The reaction of the quinone imine is preferably carried out in a solvent at a temperature of from 30 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably from 30 ° C to 120 ° C, and a reaction time of from 1 to 15 in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this reaction, the ratio of the number of hydroxyl groups at the bifunctional hydroxyl group to the number of isocyanate groups of the diisocyanate compound / the number of isocyanate groups is 0.5 to 2.5, preferably 1.5 to 2.5. The functionality of the glycol ester phase should be such that when the method is used, the reaction of the reaction should be time-divided. The reaction of the derivative reaction should be carried out at a temperature of 2 minutes, and the imine (hydroxyl.5 or less -56-201113312) The obtained polyurethane urethane resin has low heat resistance, and when it is 2 or more, it is too hard as a cured film, so the above range is preferable. The solvent to be used for the reaction of the quinone imine may be a solvent used in the synthesis of polyethyl urethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) to the formula (6), for example, paragraph [0191]~ In order to obtain the thermosetting composition of the present invention, the polyurethane urethane is at least 3% by mass or more, preferably 5 to 60% by mass. High concentration dissolved in solvent, the solution is 2 5 °C The viscosity of the solution (E-type rotary viscometer) is 1000 to 1000OOmPa's, particularly preferably 1000 to 600000 mPa*s. When the molecular weight of the polyurethane polyethylenimine becomes too large, the viscosity of the solution is too high, and the composition In the preparation of the material, it is difficult to stir. When the composition is too high in viscosity, workability in forming a coating film by a method such as screen printing is lowered. Therefore, the polyurethane which constitutes the resin composition of the invention The number average molecular weight of the polyimine is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 4,000 to 40,000, particularly preferably from 4,000 to 30,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 3,000, the heat resistance or mechanical properties of the obtained hardened insulating film When the component (c ') of the raw material component of the polyurethane quinone imine is used as a diol having a carboxyl group, the acid value of the polyurethane urethane is preferably 5 〜. 120 mgKOH/g, more preferably 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is less than 5 mgKOH/g, the reactivity with the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure is reduced to -57-201113312, and the heat hardening will be described later. Sex composition The heat resistance of the protective film of the sheet may be lowered. When it exceeds 120 mgKOH/g, the protective film may become too hard and brittle. The ethyl urethane preferably has a number average molecular weight of 3,000 to 50,000 and an acid. The valence is 5 to 120 mgKOH/g, more preferably the number average molecular weight is 4,000 to 30,000, and the acid value is 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. The functional group having a reactive group with an epoxy group and having the structure represented by the formula (1) In the unit, the polyethylenimine of the polyimine bond having a quinone imine bond, the stability of the synthesized polyamidiamine urethane is emphasized, compared with the above-mentioned special opening 2003 - Polyurethane polyethylenimine having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having a quinone bond, as described in JP-A No. 1 98 1 05, It is preferably a polyamine group having a functional group represented by the formula (1) and having a quinone imine bond, which is described in JP-A-2006-3 0 7 1 3, having a functional group which can react with an epoxy group. Ethyl formate polyimine. Particularly preferred is a polyurethane urethane obtained by reacting the following raw materials (a), (b), (c) and (d) as essential materials. Component (a) diisocyanate, component (b) (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, component (c) a diol having a carboxyl group, component (d) The bifunctional hydroxy terminal quinone imine represented by the formula (3). Next, a polyaminocarbamate having a certain branched structure in a molecule and having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (-58-201113312 1) in the range of a solvent will be described. ester. In the range dissolved in the solvent, the molecule has a certain function and has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has a structural unit of a polyurethane to make the following component (a (b) And component (c) and component (e) are obtained by reacting. Component (a) diisocyanate, component (b) having (poly)carbonate polyol derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, component (c) a diol having a carboxyl group, a component (e), and a diisocyanate having a chemical component (a) having three or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule, as long as it is one molecule; or a cyanate group, for example, an aliphatic group An alicyclic diisocyanate, preferably an isocyanate group, having an aliphatic, alicyclic or aromatic diisocyanate, specifically 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate Bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethane, 1,4-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, phenyl phthalocyanate, 2,6-benzene Methyl diisocyanate 'diphenylmethyl isocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, 1,4_ Diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, hexamethylene diiso-2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethyl diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, etc. The component (b) has a (poly)carbonate polyol having a group derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. The average molecular molecule 1 branched structure: 1) represents), the component organic residue, etc. 2 different Or an aromatic 2 to 30, for example, methylene group) cyclohexylmethyl diiso- 4,4,-diphenyldimethyl cyanate, the organic residue t of the hexamethine is preferably - 59- 201113312 400~1 0000, more preferably 45 0~5000, the best is 5 00~3 000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 400, it is difficult to obtain a preferable flexibility, and when the number average molecular weight exceeds 1,000, the heat resistance or the solvent resistance is deteriorated. Therefore, the above-described degree is preferred. (Poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, specifically, for example, UH-CARB, UN-CARB, UD-CARB manufactured by Ube Industries Co., Ltd. UC-CARB, DALACEL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., PLACEL, C D-205, 2 05PL, 2 05HL ' 210, 210PL, 210HL, 220, 220PL, 220HL, kuraray polyol C-590, C- 1065N, C-1015N, C-2015N, etc. These polycarbonate polyols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As described above, when a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the remaining raw material may be contained. However, in the present specification, the remaining polyol component is defined as not contained in the "(poly)carbonate polyol). "By. For example, when trimethylolpropane and 1,9-nonanediol and diethyl carbonate are used as a raw material, and a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced by a transesterification reaction in the presence of a catalyst, the raw material is used. When trimethylolpropane and 1,9-nonanediol are respectively 5% by mass in the (poly)carbonate polyol of the product, the remaining trimethylolpropane and 1,9-nonanediol are not contained. In the case of "(poly)carbonate polyol", when the polyol is a compound having three or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule (in this case, trimethylolpropane), the polyol belongs to the component (e). When the polyol is a compound having two hydroxyl groups in one molecule (in this case, 1,9-nonanediol), it is contained in the component (y) to be described later. a diol having a carboxyl group as component (c), for example, 2,2-dimethylol-60-201113312 propionic acid, 2,2-dihydroxymethylbutyric acid, hydrazine, hydrazine bis(hydroxyethyl)gan Amine acid, hydrazine, hydrazine-bis(hydroxyethyl)glycine, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid are particularly preferred. These polyols having a carboxyl group may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The compound having three or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule of the component (e) is, for example, glycerin, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, tris(2-hydroxyethyl)trimeric isocyanate, pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. , sorbitol, etc. Among these, in view of easiness in the synthesis, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, and tris(2-hydroxyethyl)trimeric isocyanate are particularly preferred. When the (poly)carbonate polyol is produced as described above, the polyol component may remain in the raw material. However, when the remaining polyol component is a compound having three or more radicals in one molecule, it is included in the component ( e) inside. When necessary, 'except for the component (b), the component (c), and the component (e), the diol component which does not contain any of the component (b), the component (c), and the component (e) may be used (hereinafter referred to as Ingredient (y)). The component (y) is, for example, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-dibutyl phthalate, 1,3 -butanediol, hydrazine, 4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1 ,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, hydrazine, 8-octanediol, hydrazine, 3-cyclohexanedimethanol, ^4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,9 -decanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, llO-nonanediol, 1,2-tetradecanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2·butyl-2-ethylpropanediol, 13-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,3-benzenedimethanol, 1,4-benzenedimethanol, and the like. -61 - 201113312 As described above, when a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the remaining raw material may be contained, but the remaining polyol component is a compound having two hydroxyl groups in one molecule (ie, a diol). It is contained in the component (y) mentioned later. The component of the thermosetting composition of the present invention having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) is used as the component (a) and the component ( b) When the component (c) and the component (e) are ethyl urethane obtained by reacting a necessary raw material component, the method for producing the polyurethane is, for example, produced by the following method. In the presence or absence of a known urethane such as dibutyltin dilaurate in the presence or absence of an esterification catalyst, a solvent is used to provide component (a), component (b), component (c) and component (e). It is synthesized by reacting a necessary raw material component (component [y) if necessary). When the reaction is carried out in the absence of a catalyst, the physical properties of the protective film of the wiring board of the present invention (hereinafter) will be improved, which is preferable. Although the order of the input of these raw materials is not particularly limited, it is usually the first component (M, component (c), component (e) and, if necessary, component (y), i is dissolved in the solvent after '20 to 1 4 〇 ° C, preferably at 60 ° to 120 ° C, while adding the added component (a), thereafter at 50 to 160, preferably at 6 ° ° C ~ l5 ° ° C The reaction is carried out. The molar ratio of the raw material to the molar ratio of the component (a), the component (b), the component (c) and the component (e) is a necessary raw material component, and the molecular weight and acid of the polyurethane. The molecular weight of the polyurethane can also be adjusted by using a monohydroxylated -62-201113312 compound. In other words, the number average molecular weight (or close to the objective number average molecule, the terminal isocyanate group) The chain is blocked by adding a monohydroxy compound for the purpose of suppressing the number average molecular weight. When the monohydroxy compound is used, even if the number of the polyisocyanate compound acid vine groups is less than or the same or more than the component (b), the component (c (e) ) and the total number of hydroxyl groups of the component (y), there is no problem. When a monohydroxy compound is used, the result of the formation of the unreacted compound remains, but in this case, the excess monohydric acid is directly used as a part of the solvent, or may be removed by distillation or the like. The monohydroxy compound is introduced into the component (a) ), the component (b (c) and the component (e) are reacted as essential raw material components, and the molecular weight of the ethyl urethane is inhibited in the ethyl urethane, that is, the reaction is stopped. The hydroxy compound is introduced into the ethyl urethane, and the monohydroxy compound can be added dropwise to the solution at 230 to 150 at 70 to 140 ° C, and then should be completed at the same temperature. The amount of use is preferably the mass% of the whole raw material component, more preferably 0.2 to 2.0% by mass, most preferably 〇.3 to 15. When it is less than 0.1% by mass, there is sometimes no effect of addition, so it is not good' When the amount is more than 5.0% by mass, the molecular weight adjustment during the synthesis may be poor. As described above, the reaction is carried out by reacting the component (a), the component (b), the component < component (e) as essential raw materials. Polyamine, when the amount is reached) The cyanide and the monohydroxyl compound) are preferably increased in polyamine, so that the reverse concentration is 0.1 to 5.0% by mass. In addition, it is difficult, so: the number average molecular weight of the ethyl ester of hydrazine and carboxylic acid-63-201113312 Preferably, it is from 100 〇 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 3 000 to 50,000 00', and particularly preferably from 5,000 to 30,000. The "number average molecular weight" described in the present specification is a gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter referred to as GPC). The number average molecular weight measured in terms of polystyrene. When the number average molecular weight is less than 1,000, the elongation, flexibility, and strength of the cured film may be impaired. When it exceeds 1 〇〇, the solvent is dissolved. Sex will decrease, and even if dissolved, the viscosity will become higher and it will be limited in use. In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the measurement conditions of GPC are as follows. Device name: HPLC unit of Japan Spectrophotometer (HS) HSS-2000 Column: Shodex column LF-804 (3 in-line) Mobile phase: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0mL/min

檢測器:日本分光(股)製 RI-2031Plus 溫度:4 0.0 °C 試料量:試料迴路 lOOyL 試料濃度:調製成約0.1質量% 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之酸價較佳爲5〜120mgKOH/g,更 佳爲10~50mgKOH/g。酸價未達5mgKOH/g時,與具有三 環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物之反應性降低,將保護膜熱 硬化性組成物進行硬化所得之配線板之保護膜之耐熱性有 時會降低。超過120mgKOH/g時,有時保護膜變得硬且脆 -64- 201113312 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯係數平均分子量爲1000〜100000, 且酸價爲5〜12 0m gKOH/g,具有硬化反應之官能基及碳酸 酯鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯較佳,更佳爲數平均分子量爲 3000 〜50000,且酸價爲 10 〜50mgKOH/g。 本說明書中,聚胺基甲酸乙酯之酸價係以n s κ ο 〇 7 〇 之電位差滴定法測定之酸價的値。 製造此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之反應所適用的溶劑可使用具 有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚 醯亞胺之合成時所使用之溶劑,例如段落[0 1 9 1 ]〜[0 1 9 7 ]所· 記載的溶劑。 其次說明具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式( 1 )表示之構造單位,再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機 殘基的聚胺基甲酸乙酯。 本說明書中’ 「二聚物二醇」係指將二聚物酸及/或 其低級醇酯在觸媒存在下進行還原,以二聚物酸的殘酸部 分作爲醇之碳數36之二醇爲主成分者。其中,主成分係 指含有50質量%以上者,有時除了碳數36之二醇外,也 含有碳數22〜44’而非碳數36之二醇的情形。本說明書 中之二聚物二醇’特佳爲來自二聚物酸之碳-碳雙鍵經氮 化的氫化二聚物二醇。二聚物二醇之市售品,例如有 PRIPOL (註冊商標)203 3等(Croda公司製)或 Sovermol (註冊商標)908 ( Cognis 公司製)。PRIp〇L ( 註冊商標)2〇33係以後述式(48 )及式(49 )所表示之 化合物的混合物爲主成分。「二聚物酸」係指不飽和脂肪 -65- 201113312 酸之分子間2聚化反應所得的酸,碳數爲1 1〜22之不飽和 脂肪酸進行2聚化,生成碳數爲36之2聚物所得之二元 酸爲主成分。市售品例如有PRIPOL (註冊商標)1 006、 同 1009、同 1015、同 1025 等(Croda 公司製)' EMPOL (註冊商標)1062 (Co gn is公司)。 R10Detector: RI-2031Plus manufactured by Japan Spectrophotometer Temperature: 4 0.0 °C Sample amount: sample loop lOOyL Sample concentration: prepared to about 0.1% by mass The acid value of the polyurethane is preferably 5 to 120 mgKOH/g. More preferably, it is 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is less than 5 mgKOH/g, the reactivity with the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure is lowered, and the heat resistance of the protective film of the wiring board obtained by curing the protective film thermosetting composition may be reduce. When it exceeds 120 mgKOH/g, the protective film may become hard and brittle -64-201113312. The average molecular weight of the polyurethane has a coefficient of 1000 to 100,000, and the acid value is 5 to 12 mgKOH/g, which has a hardening reaction. The functional group and the carbonate-bonded ethyl urethane are preferably more preferably a number average molecular weight of from 3,000 to 50,000 and an acid value of from 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. In the present specification, the acid value of the polyurethane is a valence of the acid value measured by a potentiometric titration method of n s κ ο 〇 7 〇. The solvent to be used for the reaction for producing the ethyl urethane can be, for example, a solvent used in the synthesis of polyethyl urethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) to the formula (6), for example, The solvent described in paragraphs [0 1 9 1 ] to [0 1 9 7 ]. Next, a polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and further containing an organic residue derived from a dimer diol will be described. In the present specification, 'dimer diol' means that the dimer acid and/or its lower alcohol ester are reduced in the presence of a catalyst, and the residual acid portion of the dimer acid is used as the carbon number of the alcohol 36 Alcohol is the main component. In the case where the main component is contained in an amount of 50% by mass or more, a diol having a carbon number of 22 to 44' and not a carbon number of 36 may be contained in addition to the diol having a carbon number of 36. The dimer diol' in the present specification is particularly preferably a hydrogenated dimer diol derived from a carbon-carbon double bond of a dimer acid. The commercially available product of the dimer diol is, for example, PRIPOL (registered trademark) 203 3 (manufactured by Croda Corporation) or Sovermol (registered trademark) 908 (manufactured by Cognis Co., Ltd.). PRIp〇L (registered trademark) 2〇33 is a mixture of compounds represented by the following formulas (48) and (49) as a main component. "Dimer acid" refers to an acid obtained by intermolecular 2-merization of an unsaturated fat-65-201113312 acid, and an unsaturated fatty acid having a carbon number of 1 to 22 is subjected to 2-polymerization to form a carbon number of 36 The dibasic acid obtained from the polymer is a main component. Commercially available products include PRIPOL (registered trademark) 1 006, the same 1009, the same 1015, the same 1025, etc. (made by Croda), EMPOL (registered trademark) 1062 (Co gn is company). R10

)一(CH2)-〇H \(CH4_OH (4 8) (式中,R10及R11皆爲烷基’ P及q爲〇以上的整數’ 且r1q及R11所含之各碳數以及p及q的合計爲3〇。) R12-CH—(CH2)r-〇H (49))(CH2)-〇H \(CH4_OH (4 8) (wherein R10 and R11 are both alkyl 'P and q are integers above 〇' and the carbon numbers and r and q contained in r1q and R11 The total is 3〇.) R12-CH—(CH2)r-〇H (49)

R13—CH—(CH2)s-〇H (式中,R12及R13皆爲烷基,r及s爲0以上的整數’且 R12及R13所含之各碳數以及•·及s的合計爲34。) 又,本發明中之「由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機殘基」 係指除去二聚物二醇之至少1個醇性羥基之氫的結構。 本發明中之「由碳數3~18之一醇所衍生之有機殘基 J係指除去碳數3〜1 8之二醇之至少1個醇性經基之氫的 結構。 具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示 之構造單位,再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機殘基的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯係可藉由例如使下述成分(a )、成分(b ) 、成分(c )及成分(1 )爲必須之原料成分(必要爲成分 -66- 201113312 (Z))進行反應來合成。 成分(a )二異氰酸酯、 成分C b )具有由碳數3η 8之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、 成分(1 )二聚物二醇 成分(Z)選自成分(b) '成分(C)及成分(1)群 之多元醇以外的多元醇 成分(a)之二異氰酸酯只要是1分子中具有2個異 氯酸醋基者’任何皆可。例如有脂肪族、脂環族或芳香族 之二異氰酸酯’較佳爲異氰酸酯基除外,碳數爲2〜3〇之 脂肪族、脂環族或芳香族之二異氰酸酯,具體而言,例如 有1,4-環己院二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、亞甲基 雙(4 -環己基異氰酸酯)、1,3 -雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己 烷、1,心雙(異氰酸基甲基)環己烷、2,4_苯亞甲基二異 氰酸酯、2,6-苯亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷_4,4,_二 異氰酸酯、1,3 -伸苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、;!,4_伸苯二甲基 二異氰酸酯、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、 2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,2,4_三甲基己烷亞甲 基二異氰酸酯及降崁烷二異氰酸酯等。 成分(b)之具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘 基的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇係數平均分子量較佳爲 400〜10000’更佳爲450〜5000,最佳爲500〜3000者。數 平均分子量未達4〇〇時,很難得到較佳的柔軟性,而數平 -67- 201113312 均分子量超過10000時,耐熱性或耐溶劑性變差,因此, 前述程度者較佳。具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機 殘基的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇,具體而言,例如有宇部興產 股份公司製之 UH-CARB、UN-CARB、UD-CARB、UC-CARB、DAICEL化學工業股份公司製之 P L A C C E L、C D-205、205PL、205HL、210、210PL、210HL、220、220PL 、220HL、股份公司kuraray製之kuraray多元醇C-590、 C-1065N、C-1015N、C-2015N等。此等聚碳酸酯多元醇 可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 如前述,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存 原料之多元醇成分的情形,但是本說明書中,殘存之該多 元醇成分係定義爲不包含於「(聚)碳酸酯多元醇」者。 例如有將1,9-壬二醇及二乙基碳酸酯用於原料,在觸 媒之存在下,藉由酯交換反應,製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇 時,原料之1,9-壬二醇在生成物之(聚)碳酸酯多元醇中 殘存5質量%時,此殘存之1,9-壬二醇不包含於「(聚) 碳酸酯多元醇」內者,而包含於後述的成分(z)內。 成分(c)之具有羧基之二醇,例如有2,2-二羥甲基 丙酸、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸、N,N-雙(羥基乙基)甘胺酸、 N,N-雙(羥基乙基)甘胺酸等。此等中,從對溶劑的溶解 度來看,特佳爲2,2-二羥甲基丙酸、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸。 這些具有羧基之多元醇可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使 用。 成分(1 )之「二聚物二醇」係指如前述,將二聚物 -68- 201113312 酸及/或其低級醇酯在觸媒存在下進行還原,以二聚物酸 的羧酸部分作爲醇之碳數3 6之二醇爲主成分者。其中, 主成分係指含有50質量%以上者,有時除了碳數36之二 醇外’也含有碳數22〜44,而非碳數36之二醇的情形。 本說明書中之二聚物二醇特佳爲來自二聚物酸之碳-碳雙 鍵經氫化的氫化二聚物二醇。二聚物二醇之市售品,例如 有 PRIPOL 203 3 等(Croda 公司製)或 Sovermol 90 8 (R13—CH—(CH2)s-〇H (wherein R12 and R13 are all alkyl groups, r and s are integers of 0 or more′, and the total number of carbons contained in R12 and R13 and the sum of •· and s are 34. Further, the "organic residue derived from a dimer diol" in the present invention means a structure in which hydrogen of at least one alcoholic hydroxyl group of the dimer diol is removed. In the present invention, "the organic residue J derived from a carbon number of 3 to 18 alcohols means a structure in which at least one alcoholic hydrogen group having a carbon number of 3 to 18 is removed. The functional group of the oxy group, and having the structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further containing the organic residue derived from the dimer diol, can be made, for example, by the following components (a) ), component (b), component (c), and component (1) are synthesized by reacting a necessary raw material component (required component -66-201113312 (Z)). Component (a) diisocyanate, component C b ) has a (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having a carbon number of 3η 8 , a diol having a carboxyl group as a component (c), and a dimer diol component (Z) of the component (1) being selected from the group consisting of b) 'Component (C) and the polyol component other than the polyol of the component (1) (a) The diisocyanate may be any one as long as it has two isochlorite groups in one molecule. For example, there is an aliphatic group. An alicyclic or aromatic diisocyanate is preferably an aliphatic or alicyclic group having an isocyanate group of 2 to 3 Å. Aromatic diisocyanates, specifically, for example, 1,4-cyclohexyl diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, methylene bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate), 1,3 -bis (isocyanate) Methyl)cyclohexane, 1, bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, 2,4-benzylidene diisocyanate, 2,6-benzylidene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane _4,4,_Diisocyanate, 1,3 - benzoyl diisocyanate, ;, 4 benzoyl diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2, 4 , 4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexane methylene diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, etc. Component (b) has a carbon number of 3 to 18 The average molecular weight of the (poly)carbonate polyol coefficient of the organic residue derived from the diol is preferably from 400 to 10,000', more preferably from 450 to 5,000, most preferably from 500 to 3,000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 4 〇〇 It is difficult to obtain better softness, and when the average molecular weight exceeds 10,000, the heat resistance or solvent resistance is deteriorated. Therefore, the foregoing process The (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, specifically, for example, UH-CARB and UN-CARB manufactured by Ube Industries Co., Ltd. , UD-CARB, UC-CARB, DALACL Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., PLACEL, C D-205, 205PL, 205HL, 210, 210PL, 210HL, 220, 220PL, 220HL, kuraray polyol C-590 manufactured by the company kuraray , C-1065N, C-1015N, C-2015N, etc. These polycarbonate polyols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As described above, when a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the remaining raw material may be contained. However, in the present specification, the remaining polyol component is defined as not contained in the "(poly)carbonate polyol). "By. For example, when 1,9-nonanediol and diethyl carbonate are used as raw materials, in the presence of a catalyst, when a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced by a transesterification reaction, the raw material is 1,9-壬. When the diol remains in 5% by mass of the (poly)carbonate polyol of the product, the remaining 1,9-nonanediol is not contained in the "(poly)carbonate polyol", and is included in the later description. Within the composition (z). a diol having a carboxyl group as the component (c), for example, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid, N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)glycine, N , N-bis(hydroxyethyl)glycine, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid and 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid are particularly preferred. These polyols having a carboxyl group may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The "dimer diol" of the component (1) means that the dimer-68-201113312 acid and/or its lower alcohol ester is reduced in the presence of a catalyst as described above, and the carboxylic acid moiety of the dimer acid The diol having 3 to 6 carbon atoms of the alcohol is mainly composed. Here, the main component is a case where the content is 50% by mass or more, and the carbon number is 22 to 44 instead of the diol having a carbon number of 36, in addition to the carbon number of 36 diol. The dimer diol in the present specification is particularly preferably a hydrogenated dimer diol derived from a carbon-carbon double bond of a dimer acid. Commercial products of dimer diols, for example, PRIPOL 203 3 (made by Croda) or Sovermol 90 8 (

Cognis公司製)。 必要除了成分(a)、成分(b).、成分(c)及成分 (1)外’可倂用不包含於成分(a)、成分(b)、成分 (c)及成分(1)中任一的二醇成分(成分(z))。 成分(z)例如有ι,2 -丙二醇、1,3 -丙二醇、1,2 -丁二 醇、1,3 - 丁 二醇、1,4 - 丁 二醇、1,5 -戊二醇、1 , 6 -己二醇、 3 -甲基-1,5 -戊二醇' 1,8 -辛二醇、1,3 -環己烷二甲醇、 1,4 -環己烷二甲醇、丨,9 -壬二醇、2 -甲基-1 , 8 -辛二醇、 1,10-癸二醇' 1,2-十四烷二醇、2,4-二乙基-l,5-戊二醇、 2-丁基·2_乙基丙二醇、ι,3-環己垸二甲醇、ι,3-苯二甲醇 、1,4-苯二甲醇等。 製造(聚)碳酸酯多元醇時,有時含有殘存原料之多 元醇成分的情形’但是殘存之多元醇成分不包含於成分( b),而包含成分(ζ)內。 本發明之熱硬化性組成物之成分之具有可與環氧基反 應之官能基’且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲 酸乙酯爲使用具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式( -69 - 201113312 η表示之構造單位,再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機 殘基的聚胺基甲酸乙酯時’此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之製造方法 例如可藉由以下方法來製造。 在如二丁基錫二月桂酸酯之公知胺基甲酸以酯化觸媒 之存在下或不存在下,使用溶劑,使以成分(a)、成分 (b )、成分(c)及成分(1)爲必須的原料成分(必要 時,成分(z))進行反應而合成。此反應在無觸媒下進 行反應時,最終可提高後述本發明(II )之配線板之保護 膜之使用時的物性値,故較佳。 此等原料投入的順序雖無特別限定,通常爲先投入成 分(b)、成分(c)、成分(1 )及必要時之成分(z ), 溶解於溶劑後,在20〜140°C,較佳爲在60~120°C,一邊 滴入添加成分(a),其後在 50~160°C,較佳爲在 60°C〜150°C下使此等進行反應。 原料之投入莫耳比係配合成分(a )、成分(b )、成 分(c )及成分(1 )爲必須的原料成分進行反應所得的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯之分子量及酸價來調節。藉由使用單羥基化 合物也可調節此聚胺基甲酸乙酯的分子量。換言之,達到 目的之數平均分子量時(或接近目的之數平均分子量時) ’將末端之異氰酸酯基封鏈,以抑制數平均分子量之再上 昇爲目的而添加單羥基化合物。 使用單羥基化合物時,即使成分(a )之異氰酸酯基 之數少於或相同或多於成分(b)、成分(c)、成分(1 )及成分(z )之總羥基數,也不會有問題。 -70- 201113312 又’過剩使用單羥基化合物時,雖形成未反應之單羥 基化合物殘存的結果,但是此時直接將過剩之單羥基化合 物作爲溶劑之一部分使用、或可藉由蒸餾等除去。 將單羥基化合物導入於以成分(a )、成分(b )、成 分(c )及成分(1 )爲必須的原料成分進行反應所得的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯中係抑制此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之分子量之增大 (即停止反應)的緣故,爲了將單羥基化合物導入於聚胺 基甲酸乙酯中,可將單羥基化合物在230〜150 °C,較佳爲 在7 0〜1 4 0 °C下滴入於溶液中,其後在同溫度下保持,使反 應完成。 又’成分(1)之使用量係相對於成分(b)、成分( c)、成分(1)及成分(z)之總量爲5〜50質量%,更佳 爲10〜45質量%,最佳爲15〜4 0質量%。未達5質量%時 ’有時無添加的效果,故不佳。此外,多於5 0質量%時 ’有時對於後述之保護膜之聚醯亞胺基板之密著性會降低 ,故不佳。 如上述,使以成分(a )、成分(b )、成分(c )及 成分(1 )爲必須之原料成分進行反應而得之聚胺基甲酸 乙酯的數平均分子量,較佳爲1〇〇〇〜1 00000,更佳爲 3000〜50000’ 特佳爲 5000〜30000。 數平均分子量未達1 ,〇〇〇時,有時會損及硬化膜的伸 度、可撓性及強度,超過1 〇 〇,0 〇 0時,對溶劑之溶解性會 降低’且即使溶解,黏度也會變高,而在使用上受到限制 -71 - 201113312 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之酸價較佳爲5〜120mgKOH/g,更 佳爲10〜50mgKOH/g。酸價未達5mgK0H/g時,與具有三 環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物之反應性降低,將保護膜熱 硬化性組成物進行硬化所得之配線板之保護膜之耐熱性會 降低。而超過120mgKOH/g時,有時保護膜變得太硬且脆 〇 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯係數平均分子量爲1000〜100000 ’且酸價爲5〜120mgKOH/g,具有硬化反應之官能基及 碳酸酯鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯較佳,更佳爲數平均分子量'爲 3000 〜50000,且酸價爲 10 〜50mgKOH/g。 製造此聚胺基甲酸乙酯之反應所適用的溶劑可使用具 有式(4)〜式(6)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚 醯亞胺之合成時所使用之溶劑,例如段落[0191]〜[0197]所 記載的溶劑。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物之必須成分的溶劑係 將前述具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表 示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯之合成用的溶劑,直接作 爲本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物的溶劑使用,較符合經 濟。又,爲了調整黏度,可再添加溶劑。本發明(I )之 熱硬化性組成物中之溶劑的濃度,較佳爲1 0〜90質量%, 更佳爲20〜70質量%。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物中,可再含有硬化促 進劑,且較佳。硬化促進劑只要是可促進環氧基與羧基之 反應的化合物時,即無特別限定,例如有三聚氰胺、乙醯 -72- 201113312 胍胺、苯並胍胺、2,4-二胺基-6 -甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基- s-三曉、2,4 -甲基丙嫌醯氧基乙基-s-三曉、2,4·二胺基-6-乙 烯基-s-三嗪、2,4-二胺基-6-乙烯基-S-三嗪.三聚異氰酸加 成物等三嗪系化合物、咪唑、2-甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4_甲基 咪唑、2 -苯基咪唑、2 -十一烷基咪唑、2 -十七烷基咪唑、 1-苄基-2-甲基咪唑、2 -苯基-4 -甲基咪唑、1-氰乙基-2-甲 基咪唑、1-氰乙基-2-乙基-4 -甲基咪唑、1-胺基乙基-2-乙 基-4-甲基咪唑、1-胺基乙基-2-甲基咪唑、1-(氰乙基胺 基乙基)-2 -甲基咪唑、N-〔 2-(2 -甲基-1-咪唑基)乙基 〕尿素、1-氰乙基-2-十一烷基咪唑、1-氰乙基-2-甲基咪 唑錙偏苯三酸酯、1 -氰乙基-2 -苯基咪唑鎗偏苯三酸酯、1 -氰乙基-2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑鐵偏苯三酸酯、1-氰乙基-2-十 一烷基咪唑鑰偏苯三酸酯、2,4-二胺基_6_〔 2’ -甲基咪唑 基-(丨’)〕-乙基-s-三曝、2,4 -—胺基-6-〔 2’-十一院基味 哩基-(1’)〕-乙基-s-三卩秦、2,4-二胺基-6-〔 2’-乙基- 4’-甲基咪哩基_(1’)〕-乙基-s-三曉、1-十二院基-2-甲基-3-节基咪哩鐵氯化物、Ν,Ν’-雙(2 -甲基-1-咪哩基乙基) 尿素、Ν,Ν’-雙(2 -甲基-1-咪唑基乙基)己二酸二醯胺、 2_苯基_4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4_5-二羥基甲基 咪唑、2 -甲基咪唑·三聚異氰酸加成物、2 -苯基咪唑.三聚 異氰酸加成物、2,4-二胺基-6-〔 2’-甲基咪卩坐基-(1’)〕-乙基-s-三嗪.三聚異氰酸加成物、2_甲基-4_甲醯基咪哩、 2_乙基-4-甲基-5-甲醯基咪唑、2 -苯基-4-甲基甲醯基咪唑 、1-苯甲基-2-苯基咪唑、〗,2-二甲基咪唑、〗-(2-經基乙 -73- 201113312 基)咪唑' 乙烯基咪唑、1-甲基咪唑、丨_烯丙基咪嗤、2-乙基咪嗤、2-丁基咪哩' 2 -丁基-5-經基甲基咪哩、2,3 -二 氫-1H_吡咯並〔l,2-a〕苯並咪唑、苄基-2_苯基咪唑溴 化氫鹽' 1-十二烷基-2-甲基-3-苄基咪唑鑰氯化物等之咪 哩化合物、1,5_二氮雜雙環(4.3.〇)壬燃_5及其鹽、1,8-二氮雜雙環(5.4.0)十一碳烯-7及其鹽等之二氮雜雙環 鏈烯等環脒化合物及環脒化合物之衍生物、三伸乙基二胺 、苄基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、參(二甲 基胺基甲基)酚等之含三級胺基化合物、三苯基膦、二苯 基(P·甲苯基)膦、參(烷基苯基)膦、參(烷氧基苯基 )膦、參(烷基.烷氧基苯基)膦、參(二烷基苯基)膦 、參(三烷基苯基)膦、參(四烷基苯基)膦、參(二烷 氧基苯基)膦、參(三烷氧基苯基)膦、參(四院氧基苯 基)膦、三烷基膦、二烷基芳基膦、烷基二芳基膦等之有 機鱗系化合物、二氰二豐氮等。 這些硬化促進劑可單獨使用、或可倂用2種類以上。 這些硬化促進劑中,若考慮到兼具硬化促進作用及電 絕緣性能時,較佳者爲三聚氰胺、咪唑化合物、環脒化合 物及環眯化合物之衍生物、膦系化合物及胺系化合物,更 佳爲三聚氰胺、1,5-二氮雜雙環(no)壬烯_5及其鹽、 1,8-二氮雜雙環(5.4.0) -{--碳烯-7及其鹽。 這些硬化促進劑之調配量只要可達到硬化促進效果, 即無特別限定。但由本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物之硬 化性及將本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物硬化所得之保護 -74 - 201113312 膜之電絕緣特性或耐水性的觀點,相對於本發明(I )之 熱硬化性組成物中所含之具有可與環氧基反應之官能基, 且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯與具有 三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物的總量1 〇 0質量份,較佳 爲g周配〇·〇5〜5質量份之範圍,更佳爲〇·ΐ〜3.0質量份。調 配量未達0.05質量份時,在短時間內硬化困難,若超過5 質量份時,將組成物硬化所得之硬化物的電絕緣特性或耐 水性會有惡化的情況。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物中,爲了調節流動性 ’可添加無機微粒子及/或有機微粒子,且添加較佳。 本說明書中,所謂「無機微粒子及/或有機微粒子」 係不僅爲無機微粒子、有機微粒子,也定義爲包含於粉末 狀無機化合物以有機化合物進行物理性被覆或以有機化合 物進行化學表面處理的有機.無機之複合物系微粒子者。 以添加於本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物所使用的無 機微粒子及/或有機微粒子,只要是分散於含有本發明( I)之必須成分之具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物、 具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有式(1)表示之構 造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯及溶劑的組成物中,形成漿料者 時,即無特別限定。 無機微粒子例如有二氧化矽(Si 02 )、氧化鋁( Al2〇3 )、氧化鈦(Ti〇2 )、氧化鉅(Ta205 )、氧化锆( Zr02 )、氮化矽(Si3N4 )、鈦酸鋇(BaO . Ti02 )、碳酸 鋇(BaC03 )、鈦酸鉛(PbO · Ti02 )、銷鈦酸鉛(PZT ) -75- 201113312 、鍩鈦酸鉛鑭(PLZT )、氧化鎵(Ga203 )、尖晶石( Mg0,Al203)、模來石(3Al203.2Si〇2)、堇青石(2MgO •2Al203,5Si02)、滑石(3Mg0.4Si02.H20)、鈦酸鋁( Ti02-Al203 )、含三氧化二釔之氧化錯(Y2〇3_Zr〇2 )、 矽酸鋇(BaO . 8Si02 )、氮化硼(BN )、碳酸鈣(CaC03 )、硫酸鈣(CaS04)、氧化鋅(ZnO)、鈦酸鎂(MgO· Ti02 )、硫酸鋇(BaS04 )、有機膨潤土、碳(C )等, 這些可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上使用。 此有機微粒子較佳爲具有醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、酯鍵或 醚鍵之耐熱性樹脂的微粒子。此等樹脂從耐熱性及機械特 性的觀點,較佳爲聚醯亞胺樹脂或其前驅體、聚醯胺醯亞 胺樹脂或其前驅體、或聚醯胺樹脂。 這些無機微粒子及/或有機微粒子之平均粒子徑較佳 爲0.01〜l〇em,更佳爲0·1〜5//m。 又,無機微粒子及/或有機微粒子之調配量係相對於 前述硬化性樹脂組成物所含之含羧基聚胺基甲酸乙酯、溶 劑及硬化劑的總量100質量份爲1〜150質量份,較佳爲 1〜120質量份,更佳爲1〜60質量份。 本發明(I )之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物可 作爲例如使用網版印刷法形成圖型化之Chip On Film (以 下稱爲COF )用的配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物使用 本說明書所記載之「COF」係指將裸晶片搭載於撓性 配線板,進行連接之組裝方式。 -76- 201113312 將本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物作爲使用網版印刷 法形成圖型化之C Ο F用之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組 成物使用時,爲了使印刷時之泡沫消失或抑制,可使用消 泡劑,且使用爲佳。 上述消泡劑係如文字所示,將本發明(I )之熱硬化 性組成物進行印刷時,具有使產生之氣泡消失或抑制作用 者,即無特別限定。 使用於本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物之消泡劑的具 體例,例如有 BYK-07 7 ( BYK-Chemie Japan 公司製)、 SN defoamer 470 ( Sannopco 公司製)、TSA75 0S ( Momentive Performance Materials 公司製)、砂油 SH-203 (Dow Corning股份公司製)等聚砂氧系消泡劑、Dappo SN-348 ( Sannopco 公司製)、Dappo SN-354 ( Sannopeo 公司製)、D a p p o S N - 3 6 8 ( S a η η o p c o 公司製)、Cognis company). Except for component (a), component (b), component (c), and component (1), it is not included in component (a), component (b), component (c), and component (1). Any diol component (ingredient (z)). The component (z) is, for example, iota, 2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol' 1,8-octanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, hydrazine , 9-decanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,10-nonanediol' 1,2-tetradecanediol, 2,4-diethyl-l,5- Pentandiol, 2-butyl-2-ethylpropanediol, iota, 3-cyclohexyl dimethanol, iota, 3-benzenedimethanol, 1,4-benzenedimethanol, and the like. When a (poly)carbonate polyol is produced, the polyol component of the remaining raw material may be contained. However, the remaining polyol component is not contained in the component (b) but contains the component (ζ). The polyurethane having a functional group which can react with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1), which is a component of the thermosetting composition of the present invention, has a function capable of reacting with an epoxy group. And a method for producing the polyurethane, such as a structural unit represented by the formula (-69 - 201113312 η, and further containing an organic residue derived from a dimer diol) It can be produced by the following method. In the presence or absence of a known carboxylic acid such as dibutyltin dilaurate in the presence or absence of an esterification catalyst, a solvent is used to make the component (a), the component (b), and the component. (c) and component (1) are synthesized by reacting a necessary raw material component (component (z) if necessary). When the reaction is carried out without a catalyst, the wiring board of the present invention (II) will be finally improved. The order of the raw materials to be used is not particularly limited, and the components (b), (c), (1) and, if necessary, components (z) are usually added first. ), after dissolving in the solvent, at 20 to 140 ° C, preferably The component (a) is added dropwise at 60 to 120 ° C, and then reacted at 50 to 160 ° C, preferably at 60 ° C to 150 ° C. The raw material is introduced into the molar ratio system. The component (a), the component (b), the component (c), and the component (1) are adjusted to have a molecular weight and an acid value of the ethyl urethane obtained by reacting the essential raw material component. By using a monohydroxy compound, The molecular weight of the polyurethane can be adjusted. In other words, when the desired number average molecular weight is reached (or near the intended number average molecular weight), the terminal isocyanate group is blocked to suppress the increase in the number average molecular weight. When a monohydroxy compound is added, even if the number of isocyanate groups of the component (a) is less than or equal to or more than the total of the components (b), (c), (1) and (z) There is no problem with the number of hydroxyl groups. -70- 201113312 In addition, when the monohydroxy compound is used excessively, the unreacted monohydroxy compound remains as a result, but at this time, the excess monohydroxy compound is directly used as a part of the solvent. Alternatively, it may be removed by distillation, etc. The monohydroxy compound is introduced into the ethyl urethane obtained by reacting the component (a), the component (b), the component (c), and the component (1) as essential raw materials. In the middle of suppressing the increase in the molecular weight of the polyurethane (ie, stopping the reaction), in order to introduce the monohydroxy compound into the polyurethane, the monohydroxy compound can be at 230 to 150 ° C. Preferably, it is dropped into the solution at 70 to 140 ° C, and then maintained at the same temperature to complete the reaction. Further, the component (1) is used in an amount relative to the component (b) and the component ( The total amount of the component (1) and the component (z) is 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 45% by mass, most preferably 15 to 40% by mass. When it is less than 5% by mass, 'there is no effect at all, so it is not good. Further, when the amount is more than 50% by mass, the adhesion to the polyimide substrate of the protective film to be described later may be lowered, which is not preferable. As described above, the number average molecular weight of the polyurethane obtained by reacting the component (a), the component (b), the component (c), and the component (1) as essential components is preferably 1 Torr. 〇〇~1 00000, more preferably 3000~50000' Tejia is 5000~30000. When the number average molecular weight is less than 1, the elongation, flexibility, and strength of the cured film may be impaired when it is ,, and when it is more than 1 〇〇, when it is 0 〇 0, the solubility in the solvent is lowered 'and even dissolved The viscosity is also high, and is limited in use - 71 - 201113312 The acid value of the polyurethane is preferably 5 to 120 mgKOH/g, more preferably 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. When the acid value is less than 5 mg K0H/g, the reactivity with the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure is lowered, and the heat resistance of the protective film of the wiring board obtained by curing the protective film thermosetting composition is lowered. On the other hand, when it exceeds 120 mgKOH/g, the protective film may become too hard and brittle. The average molecular weight of the polyurethane has a coefficient of 1000 to 100,000 ' and an acid value of 5 to 120 mgKOH/g, and has a functional group for hardening reaction and The carbonate-bonded ethyl urethane is preferably more preferably a number average molecular weight '3000 to 50,000, and an acid value of 10 to 50 mgKOH/g. The solvent to be used for the reaction for producing the ethyl urethane can be, for example, a solvent used in the synthesis of polyethyl urethane having a structural unit represented by the formula (4) to the formula (6), for example, The solvent described in paragraphs [0191] to [0197]. The solvent which is an essential component of the thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) is a compound of the above-mentioned polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1). The solvent is directly used as a solvent for the thermosetting composition of the invention (I), and is more economical. Further, in order to adjust the viscosity, a solvent may be further added. The concentration of the solvent in the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 20 to 70% by mass. The thermosetting composition of the invention (I) may further contain a curing accelerator, and is preferably. The hardening accelerator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound which can promote the reaction of an epoxy group and a carboxyl group, and examples thereof include melamine, acetamidine-72-201113312 decylamine, benzoguanamine, and 2,4-diamino-6. -Methyl propylene oxiranylethyl- s-trisyl, 2,4-methylpropanoid oxiranyloxyethyl-s-trisyl, 2,4.diamino-6-vinyl-s-three Triazine-based compound such as azine, 2,4-diamino-6-vinyl-S-triazine, trimeric isocyanate adduct, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methyl Imidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-pentadecylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-cyano Ethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-aminoethyl-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-aminoethyl -2-methylimidazole, 1-(cyanoethylaminoethyl)-2-methylimidazole, N-[2-(2-methyl-1-imidazolyl)ethyl]urea, 1-cyanoethyl Base-2-undecylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazolium trimellitate, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole guntrienolate, 1-cyanoethyl 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazolium iron trimellitate, 1 -Cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazole key trimellitate, 2,4-diamino _6_[ 2' -methylimidazolyl-(丨')]-ethyl-s-three exposure , 2,4-amino--6-[ 2'- eleven-indolyl-mercapto-(1')]-ethyl-s-triterpene, 2,4-diamino-6-[ 2 '-Ethyl-4'-methylimidyl-(1')]-ethyl-s-trisyl, 1-t-cavity-2-methyl-3-pyridyl iron chloride, Ν,Ν'-bis(2-methyl-1-amidinoethyl) urea, hydrazine, Ν'-bis(2-methyl-1-imidazolylethyl) adipate diamine, 2_ Phenyl 4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4_5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole·trimeric isocyanate adduct, 2-phenylimidazole. Polyisocyanate adduct, 2,4-diamino-6-[ 2'-methylimidazo-(1')]-ethyl-s-triazine. Trimeric isocyanate addition , 2_Methyl-4_methylpyridinium, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-5-methylpyridyl imidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylcarbamimidazole, 1-phenyl 2-Benzyl imidazole, 〗 〖2-dimethylimidazole, 〗 〖-(2-Bisyl-73-201113312-based) imidazole 'vinylimidazole, 1-methylimidazole, hydrazine-allylimidin 2-ethylimidazolium, 2-butylimidate '2-butyl-5-carbamic acid, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[l,2-a]benzimidazole, Benzyl-2-phenylimidazolium bromide ' 1-dodecyl-2-methyl-3-benzylimidazolium chloride, etc., a quinone compound, 1,5-diazabicyclo (4.3. 〇) Derivation of ruthenium compounds such as ruthenium _5 and its salts, 1,8-diazabicyclo (5.4.0) undecene-7 and its salts, such as diazabicycloalkenes and cyclic oxime compounds a tertiary amino group-containing compound such as triethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, ginseng (dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, etc., triphenylphosphine , diphenyl (P. tolyl) phosphine, cis (alkylphenyl) phosphine, ginseng (alkoxyphenyl) phosphine, ginseng (alkyl. alkoxyphenyl) phosphine, ginseng (dialkyl benzene) Phosphine, ginseng (trialkylphenyl)phosphine, cis (tetraalkylphenyl)phosphine, cis (dialkoxyphenyl)phosphine, cis (trialkoxyphenyl)phosphine, ginseng Organic scaly compounds such as oxyphenyl)phosphine, trialkylphosphine, dialkyl arylphosphine, alkyldiarylphosphine, dicyanodiazepine, etc. . These hardening accelerators may be used singly or in combination of two or more types. Among these hardening accelerators, when it is considered to have both a hardening promoting action and electrical insulating properties, it is preferably a melamine, an imidazole compound, a cyclic ruthenium compound, a cyclic ruthenium compound derivative, a phosphine compound, and an amine compound, and more preferably It is melamine, 1,5-diazabicyclo(no)nonene-5 and its salt, 1,8-diazabicyclo(5.4.0)-{--carbene-7 and its salts. The amount of the hardening accelerator to be added is not particularly limited as long as it can achieve a hardening promoting effect. However, from the viewpoint of the hardenability of the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) and the electrical insulating property or water resistance of the film obtained by curing the thermosetting composition of the invention (I), The thermosetting composition of the invention (I) having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having a tricyclodecane structure The total amount of the epoxy group-containing compound is 1 〇 0 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 〇·ΐ to 3.0 parts by mass. When the amount is less than 0.05 parts by mass, hardening is difficult in a short time, and when it exceeds 5 parts by mass, the electrical insulating properties or water resistance of the cured product obtained by curing the composition may be deteriorated. In the thermosetting composition of the invention (I), inorganic fine particles and/or organic fine particles may be added in order to adjust the fluidity, and it is preferably added. In the present specification, the term "inorganic fine particles and/or organic fine particles" is defined not only as inorganic fine particles but also as organic fine particles, and is also defined as an organic compound which is physically coated with an organic compound in a powdery inorganic compound or chemically surface-treated with an organic compound. The inorganic composite is a microparticle. The inorganic fine particles and/or the organic fine particles to be used in the thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) are an epoxy group-containing epoxy group having a tricyclodecane structure dispersed in an essential component of the invention (I). In the composition of the compound, the polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and a solvent, the slurry is not particularly limited. Examples of the inorganic fine particles include cerium oxide (Si 02 ), aluminum oxide (Al 2 〇 3 ), titanium oxide (Ti 〇 2 ), oxidized giant (Ta 205 ), zirconia (ZrO 2 ), tantalum nitride (Si 3 N 4 ), and barium titanate. (BaO. Ti02), barium carbonate (BaC03), lead titanate (PbO · Ti02), lead titanate (PZT) -75- 201113312, lead zirconate titanate (PLZT), gallium oxide (Ga203), spinel Stone (Mg0, Al203), Moldite (3Al203.2Si〇2), Cordierite (2MgO • 2Al203, 5Si02), Talc (3Mg0.4Si02.H20), Aluminum Titanate (Ti02-Al203), Containing Trioxide Oxidation error (Y2〇3_Zr〇2), barium strontium silicate (BaO. 8Si02), boron nitride (BN), calcium carbonate (CaC03), calcium sulfate (CaS04), zinc oxide (ZnO), magnesium titanate ( MgO·Ti02), barium sulfate (BaS04), organic bentonite, carbon (C), etc., may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The organic fine particles are preferably fine particles of a heat resistant resin having a guanamine bond, an oxime bond, an ester bond or an ether bond. These resins are preferably a polyimide resin or a precursor thereof, a polyamide amidoximine resin or a precursor thereof, or a polyamide resin from the viewpoint of heat resistance and mechanical properties. The average particle diameter of these inorganic fine particles and/or organic fine particles is preferably 0.01 to 1 〇em, more preferably 0·1 to 5//m. In addition, the amount of the inorganic fine particles and/or the organic fine particles is from 1 to 150 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the carboxyl group-containing polyurethane, the solvent and the curing agent contained in the curable resin composition. It is preferably 1 to 120 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 60 parts by mass. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board of the invention (I) can be used as a thermosetting property of a protective film for a wiring board for patterning Chip On Film (hereinafter referred to as COF) by a screen printing method. The "COF" described in the present specification refers to an assembly method in which a bare wafer is mounted on a flexible wiring board and connected. -76-201113312 When the thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) is used as a thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board for patterning C Ο F by a screen printing method, in order to make printing The foam disappears or is inhibited, and an antifoaming agent can be used, and it is preferably used. When the thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) is printed as described above, the antifoaming agent has a function of eliminating or suppressing the generated bubbles, that is, it is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the antifoaming agent used in the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) include, for example, BYK-07 7 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd.), SN defoamer 470 (manufactured by Sannopco Co., Ltd.), and TSA75 0S (Momentive Performance). Polycarbonate defoamer such as sand oil SH-203 (manufactured by Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), Dappo SN-348 (manufactured by Sannopco Co., Ltd.), Dappo SN-354 (manufactured by Sannopeo Co., Ltd.), D appo SN - 3 6 8 (S a η η opco company),

Disparlon 2 3 0HF (楠本化成公司製)等丙烯酸聚合物系 消泡劑、Surfynol DF-1 10D(日清化學工業公司製)、 Surfynol DF-37 (日清化學工業公司製)等乙炔二醇系消 泡劑、FA-630等含氟聚矽氧系消泡劑等。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物中,必要時可添加平 坦劑等之界面活性劑類、酞花青藍、酞花青綠、碘綠、雙 偶氮黃、結晶紫、碳黑、萘黑等公知之著色劑。 又,必須壓抑樹脂之酸價劣化及加熱時之變色時,可 添加酚系抗氧化劑、亞磷酸酯系抗氧化劑、硫醚系抗氧化 劑等之抗氧化劑,且添加較佳。 -77- 201113312Acrylic acid-based defoamer such as Disparlon 2 3 0HF (manufactured by Nakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), acetylene glycol such as Surfynol DF-1 10D (made by Nisshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Surfynol DF-37 (made by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) A defoaming agent, a fluorine-containing polyfluorinated defoaming agent such as FA-630, or the like. In the thermosetting composition of the invention (I), a surfactant such as a flat agent may be added if necessary, such as phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, disazo yellow, crystal violet, carbon black, naphthalene. A well-known coloring agent such as black. Further, when it is necessary to suppress the deterioration of the acid value of the resin and the discoloration during heating, an antioxidant such as a phenol-based antioxidant, a phosphite-based antioxidant or a thioether-based antioxidant may be added, and it is preferably added. -77- 201113312

-78- 201113312-78- 201113312

(5 3)(5 3)

(5 4)(5 4)

(5 5)(5 5)

CH,CH,COOCH,CH,OCH: (5 6) -79- 201113312CH, CH, COOCH, CH, OCH: (5 6) -79- 201113312

(5 8)(5 8)

(5 9)(5 9)

OHOH

(6 0) 亞磷酸酯系抗氧化劑例如有下述式(6 1 )〜式(7 1 ) 之化合物。 -80- 201113312(6 0) The phosphite-based antioxidant is, for example, a compound of the following formula (6 1 ) to formula (7 1 ). -80- 201113312

OP 一 3OP one 3

OP 3OP 3

(6 1) (6 2) (6 3) (6 4) (6 5) -81 - 201113312(6 1) (6 2) (6 3) (6 4) (6 5) -81 - 201113312

(6 7)(6 7)

(6 8) CH, CH,(6 8) CH, CH,

-82- 201113312-82- 201113312

(7 0)(7 0)

v~V /°'R \ /〇-P、 (7 1) ,V=/ O-RV~V /°'R \ /〇-P, (7 1) ,V=/ O-R

R-O /~v CH R-〇 ch R : c12〜c1s之烷基 硫醚系抗氧化劑例如有下述式(72 )〜式(77 )之化 合物。R-O /~v CH R-〇 ch R : alkyl group of c12 to c1s The thioether-based antioxidant is, for example, a compound of the following formula (72) to formula (77).

R : c12〜cis之院基R : the base of c12~cis

H27C^0C0CH2CH^S-CH2CH2C00-CuH27 ( 7 4 ) -83- 201113312 H29Ci7OCOCH2CH2-s-CH2CH2CO〇-C14H29 (7 5) H^C^OCOCHjCHj-S-CHjCH^OO-C,^ (7 6) H37C1-50C0CH2CHfS-CH2CH2C00-CieH37 (7 7) 必要時可添加難燃劑或滑劑。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物係可將調配成分之一 部份或全部以輥磨機、珠磨機等均勻地混煉、混合而得到 。混合調配成分之一部份時,剩下成分可於實際使用時再 混合。 將本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物作爲使用網版印刷 法形成圖型化之C0F用之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組 成物使用時,爲了使本發明(Ο之熱硬化性組成物之印 刷性良好,較佳爲具有一定範圍之觸變性指數。 本說明書所記載之「觸變性指數」係定義爲使用圓錐 平板型黏度計(Brookfield公司製型式;DV-11 + Pro紡 錘之型號;CPE-52)進行測定,在25°C之轉數lrpm之時 的黏度與在25°C之轉數lOrpm時之黏度的比。 將本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物作爲使用網版印刷 法形成圖型化之COF用之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組 成物使用時,欲使本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物的印刷 性良好,該組成物在25 °C之觸變性指數較佳爲1.1〜3.0之 範圍,更佳爲1 .1〜2.5之範圍。將本發明(I )之熱硬化性 -84- 201113312 組成物作爲阻焊劑油墨組成物使用時,熱硬化性組成物在 2 5 °C之觸變性指數未達1 . 1時,將熱硬化性組成物進行印 刷後,該組成物會流動,無法成爲一定的膜厚、或無法維 持印刷圖型。又,熱硬化性組成物在2 5 °C之觸變性指數大 於3.0時,有時經印刷之該組成物的塗膜之消泡性會變差 〇 其次說明本發明(II )之配線板之保護膜。 本發明(Π )係將本發明(I )所記載之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物進行硬化而得的配線板之保護膜。 本發明(II)之配線板之保護膜,一般係將本發明( I)之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物中之溶劑之一部 份或全量除去後,藉由加熱進行硬化反應,得到硬化物。 例如得到本發明(II )之配線板之保護膜時,經由以下之 第一步驟〜第三步驟可得到該保護膜。 第一步驟:印刷本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物得到 塗膜的步驟。 第二步驟:將第一步驟所得之塗膜在20°c〜loot的氣 氛下,使溶劑蒸發,得到一部份或全量的溶劑被除去之塗 膜的步驟。 第三步驟:將第二步驟所得之塗膜,在loot〜2 5 0t 的氣氛下進行熱硬化,得到經熱硬化之塗膜(即硬化塗膜 )的步驟。 第一步驟係將本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物進行印 刷得到塗膜的步驟,但本發明(I)之熱硬化性組成物的 -85- 201113312 印刷方法並無特別限定,例如可藉由網版印刷法、輥塗佈 法、噴霧法、簾幕塗佈法等進行塗佈而得到塗膜,但是最 佳爲網版印刷法。 第二步驟係將第一步驟所得之塗膜在2 0 °c〜1 0 0。(:的氣 氛下使溶劑蒸發,得到除去一部份或全量溶劑之塗膜的步 驟。除去溶劑之時間以4小時以下爲佳,較佳爲2小時以 下。 又’第三步驟係將第二步驟所得之塗膜在 100°C~25〇°C的氣氛下進行熱硬化,得到經熱硬化之塗膜 (即硬化塗膜)的步驟。熱硬化之時間較佳爲20分鐘〜4 小時之範圍,更佳爲30分鐘〜2小時之範圍。 最後,說明本發明(III )之撓性配線板及本發明( IV )之藉由保護膜被覆之撓性配線板的製造方法。 本發明(III )係於撓性基板上形成配線所成之撓性 配線板之形成配線之表面一部份或全部藉由本發明(II ) 所記載之配線板之保護膜被覆爲特徵之藉由保護膜被覆之 撓性配線板。 本發明(IV )係將本發明(I )之配線板之保護膜用 熱硬化性組成物印刷於撓性配線板之經錫鍍敷處理之配線 圖型部,於該圖型上形成印刷膜,將該印刷膜以80〜13 0°C 加熱硬化而形成保護膜爲特徵之藉由保護膜被覆之撓性配 線板的製造方法。 本發明(I )之熱硬化性組成物係例如被覆C OF用之 撓性配線板之配線之全面或一部分,可作爲C 0 F用之配 -86- 201113312 線板之保護膜使用。 以下說明本發明(IV )之製造方法之具體的步驟。例 如經由以下之步驟A〜步驟c可形成撓性配線板之保護膜 〇 步驟A ··將本發明(〗)之熱硬化性組成物網版印刷 於撓性配線板之預先經錫鍍敷處理的配線圖型部,得到塗 膜的步驟。 步驟B :將步驟A所得之塗膜在2 〇〜1 〇 〇它的氣氛下 使溶劑蒸發,得到一部份或全量溶劑被除去之塗膜的步驟 〇 步驟C:將步驟B所得之塗膜在80〜130。(:的氣氛下進 行熱硬化’得到經熱硬化之撓性配線板之保護膜的步驟。 使步驟B之溶劑蒸發的溫度係考慮溶劑之蒸發速度及 可快速移至下個步驟(步驟C )時爲2 0 ~ 1 0 0 °C,較佳爲 60〜l〇〇°C ’更佳爲70〜90°C。使步驟B之溶劑蒸發的時間 並無特別限定’較佳爲10〜120分鐘,更佳爲20~100分鐘 。且前述步驟B之操作必要時所進行的操作,步驟a之 操作後隨即進行步驟C之操作,可同時進行硬化反應與溶 劑之除去。 在步驟C所進行之熱硬化的條件係由防止鍍層之擴散 ,且得到作爲保護膜之較佳翹曲性、柔軟性的觀點,在 80~130°C之範圍下進行。較佳爲 9〇〜13〇〇c,更佳爲 1 1 G~ 1 3 0°C。在步驟C所進行的熱硬化之時間並無特別限 定’較佳爲20〜150分鐘,更佳爲30〜120分鐘。 -87- 201113312 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下藉由實施例更詳細說明本發明,但本發明並不受 以下實施例所限制。 <酸價之測定> 本發明(I)之必須成分之具有可與環氧基反應之官 能基,且具有式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯 具有作爲可與環氧基反應之官能基之羧基時,藉由以下方 法測定酸價。 將前述具有羧基之聚胺基甲酸乙酯溶液中的溶劑在加 熱下,減壓餾去得到具有羧基之聚胺基甲酸乙酯。 使用具有此羧基之聚胺基甲酸乙酯’依據JIS K0070 之電位差滴定法測定酸價。 電位差滴定法使用的裝置如下述。 裝置名:京都電子工業股份公司製電位差自動滴定 裝置 AT-510 電極:京都電子工業股份公司製複合玻璃電極Οι 73 <羥基價之測定> 依據Π S Κ 0 0 7 0之中和滴定法測定羥基價。 -88- 201113312 <聚胺基甲酸乙酯之數平均分子量之測定> GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算之値,GPC之測定條件係 如下述。 裝置名:日本分光(股)製HPLC單元 HSS-2000 管柱:S h 〇 d e X管柱L F - 8 0 4以3支連結(直列) 移動相:四氫呋喃 流速:1.0mL/minH27C^0C0CH2CH^S-CH2CH2C00-CuH27 ( 7 4 ) -83- 201113312 H29Ci7OCOCH2CH2-s-CH2CH2CO〇-C14H29 (7 5) H^C^OCOCHjCHj-S-CHjCH^OO-C,^ (7 6) H37C1- 50C0CH2CHfS-CH2CH2C00-CieH37 (7 7) Add a flame retardant or a slip agent if necessary. The thermosetting composition of the invention (I) can be obtained by uniformly kneading and mixing one or all of the compounding components in a roll mill, a bead mill or the like. When mixing one part of the ingredients, the remaining ingredients can be remixed in actual use. When the thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) is used as a thermosetting composition for a protective film for forming a patterned wiring board for a COF using a screen printing method, the present invention is used for the thermosetting property of the present invention. The composition has good printability, and preferably has a certain range of thixotropy index. The "thixotropy index" described in the present specification is defined as the use of a conical plate type viscometer (manufactured by Brookfield Co., Ltd.; DV-11 + Pro spindle) Model; CPE-52) The ratio of the viscosity at a rotation speed of 1 rpm at 25 ° C to the viscosity at 10 ° C at 10 ° C. The thermosetting composition of the present invention (I) was used. In the case of using a thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board for patterning COF by a screen printing method, the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) is excellent in printability, and the composition is at 25 °. The thixotropy index of C is preferably in the range of 1.1 to 3.0, more preferably in the range of 1.1 to 2.5. When the composition of the thermosetting-84-201113312 of the present invention (I) is used as a solder resist ink composition, Thixotropy index of thermosetting composition at 25 ° C When it is less than 1.1, after the thermosetting composition is printed, the composition may flow, and the film thickness may not be constant, or the printing pattern may not be maintained. Further, the thermosetting composition is at 25 ° C. When the thixotropy index is more than 3.0, the defoaming property of the coating film of the composition may be deteriorated, and the protective film of the wiring board of the invention (II) will be described next. The present invention (Π) is the invention ( I. The protective film of the wiring board which is cured by the thermosetting composition of the wiring board of the present invention. The protective film of the wiring board of the invention (II) is generally the wiring board of the invention (I). After the protective film is partially or completely removed by a solvent in the thermosetting composition, the curing reaction is carried out by heating to obtain a cured product. For example, when the protective film of the wiring board of the invention (II) is obtained, the following is obtained. The protective film is obtained in the first step to the third step. First step: a step of printing the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) to obtain a coating film. Second step: the coating film obtained in the first step is at 20° C ~loot the atmosphere, allowing the solvent to evaporate, a step of coating a portion or a whole amount of solvent to be removed. Third step: the coating film obtained in the second step is thermally hardened in an atmosphere of loot~250t to obtain a thermally hardened coating film ( The step of hardening the coating film. The first step is a step of printing the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) to obtain a coating film, but the thermosetting composition of the invention (I) is printed at -85-201113312 The method is not particularly limited. For example, a coating film can be obtained by a screen printing method, a roll coating method, a spray method, a curtain coating method, or the like, but it is preferably a screen printing method. The coating film obtained in the first step is at 20 ° C ~ 1 0 0. The solvent is evaporated in an atmosphere of (: to obtain a coating film for removing a part or a whole amount of the solvent. The time for removing the solvent is preferably 4 hours or less, preferably 2 hours or less. Further, the third step is a second step The coating film obtained in the step is thermally hardened in an atmosphere of 100 ° C to 25 ° C to obtain a step of thermally hardening the coating film (ie, hard coating film). The heat hardening time is preferably from 20 minutes to 4 hours. The range is more preferably in the range of 30 minutes to 2 hours. Finally, a method of manufacturing the flexible wiring board of the invention (III) and the flexible wiring board coated with the protective film of the invention (IV) will be described. III) A part or all of the surface on which the wiring of the flexible wiring board formed by forming the wiring on the flexible substrate is covered by the protective film of the wiring board of the present invention (II) In the present invention, the thermosetting composition for the protective film of the wiring board of the invention (I) is printed on the wiring pattern portion of the flexible wiring board by the tin plating treatment. A printing film is formed on the pattern, and the printing film is 80 to 13 A method for producing a flexible wiring board which is coated with a protective film and which is characterized in that a protective film is formed by heat-hardening at 0 ° C. The thermosetting composition of the invention (I) is, for example, a wiring of a flexible wiring board for coating a COF. The whole or a part of the method can be used as a protective film for the coil of -86-201113312 for C 0 F. The specific steps of the manufacturing method of the invention (IV) will be described below. For example, the following steps A to c can be formed. Protective film for flexible wiring board 〇Step A: The step of obtaining a coating film by screen-printing the thermosetting composition of the present invention (S) on a wiring pattern portion of a flexible wiring board which has been subjected to tin plating treatment Step B: The coating film obtained in the step A is subjected to evaporation under a 2 〇~1 〇〇 atmosphere to obtain a coating film in which a part or a whole amount of the solvent is removed. Step C: Coating the step B The film is subjected to a step of obtaining a protective film of the thermosetting flexible wiring board by heat-hardening in an atmosphere of 80 to 130. The temperature at which the solvent of the step B is evaporated is taken into consideration of the evaporation rate of the solvent and can be quickly moved to the lower portion. Step 2 (step C) 0 to 1 0 0 ° C, preferably 60 to 10 ° C. More preferably 70 to 90 ° C. The time for evaporating the solvent of the step B is not particularly limited 'preferably 10 to 120 minutes, more Preferably, it is 20 to 100 minutes, and the operation of the above step B is performed as necessary, and the operation of step a is followed by the operation of step C, and the hardening reaction and the solvent removal can be simultaneously performed. The conditions are preferably from 9 to 13 ° C, preferably from 9 to 13 ° C, from the viewpoint of preventing diffusion of the plating layer and obtaining better warpage and flexibility as a protective film. The time of the thermal hardening performed in the step C is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 20 to 150 minutes, more preferably from 30 to 120 minutes. [Embodiment] [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited by the following examples. <Measurement of Acid Value> The functional group having the reactive group reactive with the epoxy group of the essential component of the invention (I), and the polyurethane having the structural unit represented by the formula (1) has as a ring When the carboxyl group of the functional group of the oxy group is reacted, the acid value is measured by the following method. The solvent in the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing polyurethane solution was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain a polyurethane having a carboxyl group. The acid value was determined by potentiometric titration according to JIS K0070 using a polyurethane having this carboxyl group. The apparatus used for the potentiometric titration method is as follows. Device name: Kyoto Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Potentiometric difference automatic titrator AT-510 Electrode: Composite glass electrode made by Kyoto Electronics Industry Co., Ltd. 73ι 73 <Measurement of hydroxyl value> Based on Π S Κ 0 0 7 0 Neutralization titration The hydroxyl value was measured. -88-201113312 <Measurement of number average molecular weight of ethyl urethane> The measurement conditions of GPC in the polystyrene conversion measured by GPC are as follows. Device name: HPLC unit manufactured by Japan Spectrophotometer HSS-2000 Column: S h 〇 d e X column L F - 8 0 4 with 3 links (in-line) Mobile phase: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

檢出器:日本分光股份公司製 RI-2 03 1 PluS 溫度:4 0.0 °C 試料量··試料迴圈 100 μ 1 試料濃度:調製成0.1質量%左右 <聚胺基甲酸乙酯溶液之黏度之測定> 藉由以下方法測定含有羧基之聚胺基甲酸乙酯溶液之 黏度。 使用含有羧基之聚胺基甲酸乙酯溶液約0.8 g,使用圓 錐平板型黏度計(Brookfield製型式;DV-11 + Pro紡錘 之型號;CPE-52),在溫度25.01、轉數5rpm之條件下 測定自測定開始至7分鐘經過後的黏度。 <觸變性指數之測定> 熱硬化性組成物之觸變性指數係藉由以下方法測定。 使用熱硬化性組成物約0.6g,將觸變性指數使用圓錐 平板型黏度計(Brookfield製型式;DV-11 + Pro紡錘之 -89 - 201113312 型號;C P E - 5 2 ),在溫度2 5 · 0 °C、轉數1 〇 r p m的條件下測 定自測定開始至7分鐘經過後之黏度。其後,在溫度 2 5.0 °C、轉數1 rpm的條件下測定自測定開始至7分鐘經 過後之黏度。 觸變性指數之計算如以下方法求得。 求得觸變性指數之方法: 觸變性指數=〔lrpm之黏度〕—〔l〇rpm之黏度〕 (參考合成例1 ) 2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺(A )之製造 在具備氮導入管、油水分離器(Dean-stark Receiver )、冷卻管之容量500mL之玻璃製可分離燒瓶中,投入 2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐58.88(0.201«〇1)、異佛爾酮二 胺 17.0g(0.10mol) 、3-胺基丙醇 15.0g(0.20mol)及二 甲基乙醯胺200mL,在氮氣氛下,以100°C攪拌1小時。 接著,添加甲苯50mL,以180°C加熱4小時,將醯亞胺化 反應生成的水藉由與甲苯共沸除去。將反應溶液投入水 2L中,生成的沉澱經過濾取得,水洗後進行減壓乾燥得 到粉末78.8 g。此化合物之1 H-NMR之結果確認此化合物 係式(3 )之m (平均値)爲1的2官能性羥基末端醯亞 胺(以下稱爲2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺(A ))。 (參考合成例2 ) 2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺(B )之製造 在具備氮導入管、油水分離器(Dean-stark Receiver -90 - 201113312 )、冷卻管之容量5 00mL之玻璃製可分離燒瓶中,投入 2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐58.8§(0.20〇1〇1)、異佛爾酮二 胺 25.55g(〇.l5mol) 、3 -胺基丙醇 7.51(〇.lmol)及二 甲基乙醯胺2 0 0 m L,在氮氣氛下,以1 〇 〇 °C攪拌1小時。 接著,添加甲苯5 0m L,以1 8 0 °C加熱4小時,將醯亞胺化 反應生成的水藉由與甲苯共沸除去。將反應溶液投入水 2L中,生成的沉澱經過濾取得,水洗後進行減壓乾燥得 到粉末72.0g。此化合物之1H-NMR之結果確認此化合物 係式(3 )之m (平均値)爲3的2官能性羥基末端醯亞 胺(以下稱爲2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺(B ))。 <聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺之合成〉 (實施合成例1 ) 聚胺基甲酸乙醋聚醯亞胺(1)之合成 在具備氮導入管之容量3 OOmL之玻璃製燒瓶中,投 入kuraray多元醇C*20丨5 ((聚)碳酸醋二醇與原料二醇 (即,1,6-己二醇及3_甲基-1,5 —戊二醇)之混合物、原料 二醇之投入莫耳比:1,6-己二醇:3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇=85 • 15、經基價56,lmgKOH/g、1,6 -己二醇之殘存濃度1.5 質量%、3 -甲基-1,5 -戊二醇之殘存濃度〇_5質量%) 5 0 00g ( 25mm〇l ) 、2,2-二羥甲基丙酸 3.35g ( 25mmol) 、4 4,一 苯棊甲烷二異氰酸酯 15.64g(62.5mmo1) ' y - 丁內酯69.76g,在氮氣氛下’以60°c攪拌3_5小時。接著 ,&力卩#考例2所調製之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺(A ) -91 - 201113312 20.92g ( 25mmol ) 、r-丁內酯 20.92g,以 80°C 攪拌 l〇 小 時。由此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(以下稱爲聚胺基甲酸 乙酯聚醯亞胺(1))溶液之GPC所求得之數平均分子量 爲6800。此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1)之溶液中添加 7-丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚=2 7.7 : 72.3 (質量比)之混 合溶劑23.75 g,調整成固形分濃度44質量%。此溶液之 黏度爲40Pa_s。此外,聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1)之 酸價爲 1 5.6mg-KOH/g。 (實施合成例2 ) 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2)之合成 在具備氮導入管之5L之玻璃製容器中投入1,6-己烷 系聚碳酸酯二醇之PLACCELCD-220 ((聚)碳酸酯二醇 與原料二醇(即、1,6-己二醇)之混合物、羥基價 5 6.1mgKOH/g、1,6-己二醇之殘存濃度 3.0質量% ) lOOO.Og ( 0.50mol )及 4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯 250.27g(1.00mol) 、r-丁內酯 833.15g,然後升溫至 1 4 0 °C,反應5小時。再於此反應混合物中添加3 , 3 ’,4,4 ’ -二苯基颯四羧酸二酐358.29g( l.OOmol) 、4,4’-二苯基甲 烷二異氰酸酯 125.14g(0.50mol)、及 r-丁內酯 584.97g ,以1 6(TC反應5小時。將所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞 胺(以下稱爲聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2))以7 -丁內 酯:二乙二醇二乙醚=6 7 : 3 3 (質量比)之混合溶劑稀釋 ,得到黏度40P a. s、固形分濃度40質量%之聚胺基甲酸 -92- 201113312 乙酯聚醯亞胺(2 )的溶液。由GPC所求得之聚胺基甲酸 乙酯聚醯亞胺(2)的數平均分子量爲14000° 聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2 )係測定紅外線吸收( IR )光譜,確認羧酸酐之吸收。 此聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2 )之溶液係合成後, 在該日之內,用於下述評價。 <含有羧基及碳酸酯鍵之分支型聚胺基甲酸乙酯之合成> (實施合成例3 ) 聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1)之合成 具備攪拌裝置、溫度計及冷凝器之反應容器中投入 C-IOMN (股份公司kuraray製(聚)碳酸酯二醇與原料 二醇(即、1,9 -壬二醇及2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇)之混合物、 原料二醇之投入莫耳比;1,9 -壬二醇:2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇 = 15: 85、羥基價lH.SmgKOH/g、1,9 -壬二醇之殘存濃度 2.1質量%、2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇之殘存濃度9.3質量% ) 220.4g(0.221m〇l) 、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸(日本化成股份 公司製)42_2g(〇.285mol)、三羥甲基丙烷2.7g( 20_lmmol) 、丁內酯 510.0g 與二乙二醇二乙醚 90.0g ’然後加熱至1 〇 〇 °C,溶解所有的原料。使反應液之溫度 降低至90C,藉由滴液漏斗將亞甲基雙(4_環己基異氰酸 酉曰)133.7g(〇.5]〇m〇l)以30分鐘滴下。在ucTc下反應 9小時,確認異氰酸酯幾乎消失後,將乙醇丨· 3 g ( 28.2mm〇l)滴下,再以8(TC進行反應3小時,得到含有 -93- 201113312 具有羧基及碳酸酯鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯(以下稱爲聚胺基 甲酸乙酯(η )的溶液。 含有所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1)之溶液的黏度爲 1 0 1 P a · s。含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1 )之溶液中所含之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯(1)的數平均分子量爲14,000,聚胺基甲酸 乙酯(1)之酸價爲40.0mg-KOH/g。 含有此聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1)之溶液中的固形分濃度 爲40.0質量%。 <含有羧基及碳酸酯鍵,且具有由二聚物二醇所衍生之構 造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯之合成> (實施合成例4 ) 聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2)之合成 在具備攪拌裝置、溫度計及冷凝器之反應容器中,投 入C-2015N (股份公司kuraray製(聚)碳酸醋二醇與原 料二醇(即、1,9-壬二醇及2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇)之混合物 、原料二醇之投入莫耳比;1,9 -壬二醇:2 -甲基-1,8-辛二 醇=1 5 : 85、羥基價56.5mgKOH/g、1,9-壬二醇之殘存濃 度1.0質量%、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇之殘存濃度3.6質量% )107.9g(0_05 4m〇l) 、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸(日本化成股 份公司製)32.3g ( 0.218mol) 、PRIPOL2033 (二聚物二 醇98.2質量%、單醇0.6質量%、三聚物三醇1.2質量% 、羥基價;205mgKOH/g) 1 07.9g ( 0. 1 94mol )、三環 [5·2.1.02’6]癸烷二甲醇(東京化成工業股份公司製) -94- 201113312 14.8g(0_075mol) 、r-丁內酯 2 9 7.〇g 與二乙二醇二乙魅 MS.Og’加熱至10(TC溶解所有的原料。將反應液之溫度 降至90°c,藉由滴液漏斗將亞甲基雙(心環己基異氰酸醋 )142.1g ( 〇.542m〇l)以30分鐘滴下。以ι2〇χ:反應9小 時’確s忍異氰酸醋幾乎消失後’將異丁醇(協和發酵化學 股份公司製)3.6g( 0.049mol)滴下,再以12〇t反應4 小時’得到含有具有羧基及碳酸酯鍵,且具有由二聚物二 酉孚所衍生之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙醋(以下稱爲聚胺基 甲酸乙酯.(2))的溶液。 含有所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2 )之溶液之黏度爲 78Pa_s。含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2)之溶液中所含之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯(2)的數平均分子量爲13,〇〇〇,聚胺基甲酸 乙酯(2)之酸價爲40.0mg-KOH/g。 含有此聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2 )之溶液中的固形分濃度 爲4 5.0質量%。 (實施合成例5 ) 聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3)之合成 在具備攪拌裝置、溫度計及冷凝器之反應容器中投入 C-2015N (股份公司kuraray製(聚)碳酸酯二醇與原料 二醇(即、1 ,9 -壬二醇及2 -甲基-1 , 8 -辛二醇)之混合物、 原料二醇之投入莫耳比;1,9-壬二醇:2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇 =15 : 85、羥基價56.5mgfCOH/g、1,9-壬二醇之殘存濃度 1.0質量%、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇之殘存濃度3.6質量% ) -95- 201113312 46.7g ( 0.024mol ) 、2,2 -二羥甲基丁酸(日本化成股份公 司製)32.1g ( 0.217mol) 、PRIPOL2033 (二聚物二醇 98.2質量%、單醇0.6質量%、三聚物三醇1.2質量%、 羥基價;205mgKOH/g) ll6.7g ( 0.210mol) 、UM-90 ( 1/1)(宇部興產股份公司製(聚)碳酸酯二醇與原料二 醇(即、1,6-己二醇及環己烷二甲醇)之混合物、原料二 醇之投入莫耳比;1,6-己二醇:環己烷二甲醇=1/1、羥基 價122.7mgKOH/g、1,6-己二醇之殘存濃度3.9質量%、環 己烷二甲醇之殘存濃度·4.7質量%)70.0g( 0.077mol)、 -丁內酯297.0g與二乙二醇二乙醚I98.0g,加熱至 1〇〇°C溶解所有的原料。將反應液之溫度降至90°C,藉由 滴液漏斗將亞甲基雙(4-環己基異氰酸酯)136.0g ( 0.51 8mol)以30分鐘滴下。以120 °C反應9小時,確認異 氰酸酯幾乎消失後,將異丁醇(協和發酵化學股份公司製 )3.6g ( 0.049mol )滴下,再以1 2 0 °C反應4小時,得到 含有具有羧基及碳酸酯鍵,且具有由二聚物二醇所衍生之 構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯(以下稱爲聚胺基甲酸乙酯( 3 ))的溶液。 含有所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3)之溶液之黏度爲 84Pa· s »含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3)之溶液中所含之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯(3)的數平均分子量爲12,000,聚胺基甲酸 乙醋(3)之酸價爲30.0mg-KOH/g。 含有此聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3 )之溶液中的固形分濃度 爲45.0質量%。 -96- 201113312 (參考合成例3 ) 在具備攪拌裝置、溫度計及冷凝器之反應容器中投入 C-1015N (股份公司kuraray製(聚)碳酸酯二醇與原料 二醇(即、1,9 -壬二醇及2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇)之混合物、 原料二醇之投入莫耳比;1,9 _壬二醇:2 -甲基-1 , 8 ·辛二醇 = 15: 85、羥基價112.3mgKOH/g、1,9-壬二醇之殘存濃度 2.1質量%、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇之殘存濃度9.3質量% ) 3 8.6g及 Sovermol (註冊商標)908 (二聚物二醇、 Cognis公司製)30.7g、2,2-二羥甲基丁酸(日本化成股 份公司製)12.2g及r-丁內酯120.2g,加熱至l〇〇°C溶解 所有的原料。藉由滴液漏斗將亞甲基雙(4-環己基異氰酸 酯)4 3 . 5 g,以5分鐘滴下。滴下結束後,以1 1 0 °C反應7 小時,確認異氰酸酯幾乎消失後’將異丁醇(和光純藥工 業股份公司製)2 · 0 g滴下,再以1 2 0 °C反應2小時,得到 含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(以下稱爲聚胺基甲酸乙酯(4 )) 的溶液。 含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(4)之溶液中所含之聚胺基甲 酸乙酯(4)的數平均分子量爲1 2,〇〇〇 ’聚胺基甲酸乙酯 (4)之酸價爲 39.8mg-KOH/g。 含有此聚胺基甲酸乙酯(4 )之溶液中的固形分濃度 爲50.3質量%。 (參考合成例4 ) -97- 201113312 入 料 醇 度 ) 商 乙 滴 分 酯 〇g ( 甲 酯 度 相 作 以 在具備攪拌裝置、溫度計及冷凝器之反應容器中投 C-1015N (股份公司kuraray製(聚)碳酸酯二醇與原 二醇(即、I,9-壬二醇及2_甲基-1,8-辛二醇)之混合物 原料二醇之投入莫耳比;1,9-壬二醇:2-甲基-i,8_辛二 = 15: 85、徑基價H2.3mgIC〇H/g、1,9-壬二醇之殘存濃 2.1質量%、2 -甲基-1,8 -辛二醇之殘存濃度9.3質量% 1 78 .lg、二辛基錫二月桂酸酯(日東化成股份公司製 品名 Neostann U-810) 0.23g、7 -丁內醋 I91.3g、及二 二醇二乙醚3 3.· 8 g ’加熱至8 0 °C溶解所有的原料。藉由 液漏斗將亞甲基雙(4-環己基異氰酸酯)47.0g ,以5 鐘滴下。滴下結束後,以8 0 °C反應4小時,確認異氰酸 幾乎消失後,將異丁醇(和光純藥工業股份公司製)2. 滴下,再以8(TC反應1小時,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯 以下稱爲聚胺基甲酸乙酯(5))的溶液。 含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(5)之溶液中所含之聚胺基 酸乙酯(5)的數平均分子量爲19,000,聚胺基甲酸乙 (5 )之酸價爲 Omg-KOH/g。 含有此聚胺基甲酸乙酯(5)之溶液中的固形分濃 爲50.1質量%。 (實施配合例1 ) 在含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1)之溶液中, 對於聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1 ) 1 00質量份,添加 爲硬化促進劑之1,8-二氮雜雙環(5.4.0)十一碳烯_7( 98 - 201113312 下稱爲DBU ) ( Sannopco股份公司製)1質量份,然後 均勻攪拌、混合。再添加氧化矽粉(日本aero sil股份公 司製商品名;aerosilR972) 7質量份、滑石(日本滑石 股份公司製商品名:S G 2 0 0 0 ) 5質量份後,首先進行粗 混練,接著使用三輥磨機(股份公司井上製作所製型式 :S-43/4xll),重複3次混練後,進行本混練’得到含 有經均勻混合之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1 )之組成物 (以下稱爲主劑組成物A 1 )。 在具備攪拌機、.溫度計及冷凝器之容器中,添加具有 下述式(2)之構造之環氧樹脂(DIC股份公司製商品名 ;ΗΡ·7200Η 環氧當量 278g/eq) 300g、7-丁內酯 180g 及二乙二醇二乙醚1 2〇g,開始攪拌。繼續攪拌同時使用 油浴’將容器內之溫度升溫至7 0。(:。將內溫升溫至7 0 °c 後’繼續攪拌30分鐘。然後,確認HP- 72 00H完全溶解 後’冷卻至室溫,得到濃度50質量%之含HP-7 200H溶 液(以下稱爲硬化劑溶液B 1 )。Detector: RI-2 03 1 PluS manufactured by JASCO Corporation. Temperature: 4 0.0 °C Sample amount · Sample loop 100 μ 1 Sample concentration: Prepared to about 0.1% by mass < Polyurethane solution Measurement of Viscosity> The viscosity of a carboxyl group-containing polyurethane solution was measured by the following method. Using a carboxyl group-containing polyurethane solution of about 0.8 g, using a conical plate type viscometer (Brookfield type; DV-11 + Pro spindle model; CPE-52) at a temperature of 25.01 and a number of revolutions of 5 rpm. The viscosity after the passage from the start of the measurement to 7 minutes was measured. <Measurement of Thixotropy Index> The thixotropic index of the thermosetting composition was measured by the following method. Using a thermosetting composition of about 0.6 g, the thixotropy index is a conical plate type viscometer (Brookfield type; DV-11 + Pro spindle -89 - 201113312 model; CPE - 5 2 ) at a temperature of 2 5 · 0 The viscosity after the passage from the start of the measurement to 7 minutes was measured under the conditions of ° C and a number of revolutions of 〇 rpm. Thereafter, the viscosity after the passage from the start of the measurement to 7 minutes was measured under the conditions of a temperature of 2 5.0 ° C and a number of revolutions of 1 rpm. The thixotropy index is calculated as follows. Method for obtaining the thixotropic index: Thixotropy index = [viscosity of lrpm] - [viscosity of l rpm] (Reference Synthesis Example 1) The production of the 2-functional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (A) is provided with a nitrogen introduction tube, A water separator (Dean-stark Receiver) and a glass-made separable flask with a capacity of 500 mL in a cooling tube were charged with 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 58.88 (0.201 «〇1), 17.0 g (0.10 mol) of phorone diamine, 15.0 g (0.20 mol) of 3-aminopropanol and 200 mL of dimethylacetamide were stirred at 100 ° C for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, 50 mL of toluene was added, and the mixture was heated at 180 °C for 4 hours, and the water produced by the hydrazine imidization reaction was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The reaction solution was poured into 2 L of water, and the resulting precipitate was obtained by filtration, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to yield 78.8 g of powder. The result of 1 H-NMR of the compound was confirmed to be a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (hereinafter referred to as bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (A )) in which m (average enthalpy) of formula (3) is 1. . (Reference Synthesis Example 2) Production of a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (B) can be separated by a glass having a nitrogen introduction tube, a water-oil separator (Dean-stark Receiver -90 - 201113312), and a cooling tube capacity of 500 mL. In the flask, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 58.8§(0.20〇1〇1), isophoronediamine 25.55g (〇.l5mol), 3-aminopropyl The alcohol was 7.51 (〇.lmol) and dimethylacetamide (200 ml), and the mixture was stirred at 1 ° C for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, toluene (50 m L) was added, and the mixture was heated at 180 ° C for 4 hours, and the water produced by the hydrazine imidization reaction was removed by azeotropy with toluene. The reaction solution was poured into 2 L of water, and the resulting precipitate was obtained by filtration, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give 72.0 g of powder. As a result of 1H-NMR of this compound, it was confirmed that the compound was a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (hereinafter referred to as a bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (B)) having m (average enthalpy) of the formula (3). <Synthesis of Polyurethane Polyethylenimine> (Implementation Synthesis Example 1) Synthesis of Polyamidoacetate Polyimine (1) In a glass flask having a nitrogen introduction tube capacity of 300 mL , a mixture of kuraray polyol C*20丨5 ((poly)carbonic acid diol and raw material diol (ie, 1,6-hexanediol and 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol), raw materials The molar ratio of diol to the molar ratio: 1,6-hexanediol: 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol = 85 • 15, the base price of 56, lmgKOH/g, 1,6-hexanediol Residual concentration 1.5% by mass, residual concentration of 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol 〇5 mass%) 5 0 00g (25mm〇l), 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid 3.35g (25mmol , 4 4 , monophenylmethane methane diisocyanate 15.64 g (62.5 mmo1) ' y - butyrolactone 69.76 g, stirred under nitrogen atmosphere at 60 ° C for 3-5 hours. Next, & force 卩# test 2 prepared bifunctional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine (A) -91 - 201113312 20.92g (25mmol), r-butyrolactone 20.92g, stirred at 80 ° C for 10 hours . Thus, the number average molecular weight determined by GPC of a solution of polyurethane polyethylenimine (hereinafter referred to as polyethyl urethane polyethylenimine (1)) was 6,800. Adding 7-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 2 7.7 : 72.3 (mass ratio) of a mixed solvent of 23.75 g of the solution of the polyurethane polyethylenimine (1), adjusted to a solid concentration 44% by mass. This solution has a viscosity of 40 Pa_s. Further, the ethyl urethane poly(imide) (1) has an acid value of 15.6 mg-KOH/g. (Synthesis Example 2) Synthesis of Polyurethane Polyethylenimine (2) PLACCELCD-220 in which 1,6-hexane-based polycarbonate diol was charged into a glass container of 5 L having a nitrogen introduction tube ((poly)carbonate diol and a mixture of raw material diol (ie, 1,6-hexanediol), hydroxyl value 5 6.1 mg KOH / g, residual concentration of 1,6-hexanediol 3.0% by mass) lOO. Og (0.50 mol) and 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate 250.27 g (1.00 mol) and r-butyrolactone 833.15 g, and then the temperature was raised to 140 ° C, and the reaction was carried out for 5 hours. Further, 3,3 ',4,4 '-diphenylphosphonium tetracarboxylic dianhydride 358.29 g (1.00 mol) and 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate 125.14 g (0.50 mol) were added to the reaction mixture. 584.97g of r-butyrolactone was reacted with 16 (TC) for 5 hours. The obtained polyurethane polyethylenimine (hereinafter referred to as polyurethane urethane (2) It is diluted with a mixed solvent of 7-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 6 7 : 3 3 (mass ratio) to obtain a polyaminocarbamic acid-92- having a viscosity of 40 P a.s and a solid concentration of 40% by mass. 201113312 A solution of ethyl ester polyimine (2). The number average molecular weight of the polyurethane polyimine (2) obtained by GPC is 14000°. Polyurethane polyethylenimine ( 2) The infrared absorption (IR) spectrum was measured to confirm the absorption of the carboxylic anhydride. The solution of the polyethyl urethane poly(imide) (2) was synthesized and used for the following evaluation within the day. Synthesis of Branched Polyurethane Containing Carboxyl Group and Carbonate Bonds (Example 3 of Implementation) Synthesis of Polyurethane (1) equipped with a stirring device, a thermometer, and condensation In the reaction vessel, a mixture of C-IOMN (a (poly)carbonate diol made by Kuraray Co., Ltd. and a raw material diol (ie, 1,9-nonanediol and 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol) was charged. , raw material diol input molar ratio; 1,9-nonanediol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol = 15: 85, hydroxyl value lH.SmgKOH / g, 1,9-nonanediol Residual concentration: 2.1% by mass, residual concentration of 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol: 9.3% by mass) 220.4 g (0.221 m〇l), 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid (Japan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 42) g (〇.285 mol), trimethylolpropane 2.7 g (20-1 mmol), butyrolactone 510.0 g and diethylene glycol diethyl ether 90.0 g 'and then heated to 1 ° C to dissolve all the raw materials. The temperature of the reaction mixture was lowered to 90 C, and 133.7 g of methylene bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) was dropped by a dropping funnel over 30 minutes. The reaction was carried out under ucTc. After 9 hours, it was confirmed that the isocyanate almost disappeared, and ethanol 丨·3 g ( 28.2 mm 〇l) was dropped, and then reacted at 8 (TC for 3 hours to obtain a polyaminocarboxylic acid having a carboxyl group and a carbonate bond containing -93-201113312. Ethyl ester (hereinafter referred to as a solution of ethyl urethane (η). The viscosity of the solution containing the obtained polyurethane (1) is 10 1 P a · s. The solution containing ethyl urethane (1) The number average molecular weight of the polyurethane (1) contained was 14,000, and the acid value of the ethyl urethane (1) was 40.0 mg-KOH/g. The solid content concentration in the solution containing the ethyl urethane (1) was 40.0% by mass. <Synthesis of a polyurethane having a carboxyl group and a carbonate bond and having a structural unit derived from a dimer diol> (Example of Synthesis Example 4) Synthesis of Polyurethane (2) In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring device, a thermometer, and a condenser, C-2015N (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd. (poly)carbonic acid diol and raw material diol (ie, 1,9-nonanediol and 2-methyl-) Mixture of 1,8-octanediol), molar ratio of raw material diol to the molar ratio; 1,9-nonanediol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol = 15:85, hydroxyl value 56.5 mgKOH /g, 1,9-decanediol residual concentration 1.0% by mass, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol residual concentration 3.6% by mass) 107.9g (0_05 4m〇l), 2,2-two Hydroxymethylbutyric acid (manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.) 32.3 g (0.218 mol), PRIPOL2033 (dimer diol 98.2% by mass, monool 0.6% by mass, trimer triol 1.2% by mass, hydroxyl group price; 205 mg KOH/ g) 1 07.9g (0. 1 94mol ), tricyclo[5·2.1.02'6] decane dimethanol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) -94- 201113312 14.8g (0_075mol), r-butyrolactone 2 9 7.〇g and diethylene glycol II Charm MS.Og' is heated to 10 (TC dissolves all the raw materials. The temperature of the reaction solution is lowered to 90 ° C, and 142.1 g of methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanurate) is added by a dropping funnel. 542m〇l) was dropped in 30 minutes. After ι2〇χ: reaction for 9 hours, it was confirmed that the isocyanate vinegar almost disappeared, and then 3.6 g (0.049 mol) of isobutanol (manufactured by Kyowa Fermentation Chemical Co., Ltd.) was dropped. The reaction was carried out at 12 〇t for 4 hours to obtain a polyurethane hydroxyacetate (hereinafter referred to as polyurethane) having a carboxyl group and a carbonate bond and having a structural unit derived from the dimer oxime. a solution of 2)). The viscosity of the solution containing the obtained polyurethane (2) is 78 Pa_s. The polyurethane containing the ethyl urethane (2) solution (2) The number average molecular weight is 13, and the acid value of the ethyl urethane (2) is 40.0 mg-KOH/g. The solid content concentration in the solution containing the ethyl urethane (2) is 45.0% by mass. (Example 5 of the implementation of the synthesis) The synthesis of the polyurethane (3) was carried out in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring device, a thermometer and a condenser. C-2015N (mixture of (poly)carbonate diol made by Kuraray Co., Ltd. with raw material diol (ie, 1,9-nonanediol and 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol), raw material diol Injecting molar ratio; 1,9-nonanediol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol = 15:85, hydroxyl group 56.5 mgfCOH/g, residual concentration of 1,9-nonanediol 1.0% by mass The residual concentration of 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol was 3.6 mass%. -95-201113312 46.7g (0.024mol), 2,2-dihydroxymethylbutyric acid (manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.) 32.1g (0.217 mol), PRIPOL2033 (dimer diol 98.2% by mass, monool 0.6% by mass, trimer triol 1.2% by mass, hydroxyl value; 205 mg KOH/g) ll6.7 g (0.210 mol), UM-90 ( 1/1) (mixture of (poly)carbonate diol made by Ube Industries Co., Ltd. with raw material diol (ie, 1,6-hexanediol and cyclohexanedimethanol), raw material diol input Mo Erbi ; 1,6-hexanediol: cyclohexane dimethanol = 1 / 1, hydroxyl value 122.7 mg KOH / g, residual concentration of 1,6-hexanediol 3.9% by mass, residual concentration of cyclohexane dimethanol · 4.7 Mass%) 70.0g (0.077mol), -butyrolactone 297.0g and diethylene glycol diethylene I98.0g, 1〇〇 ° C was heated to dissolve all material. The temperature of the reaction mixture was lowered to 90 ° C, and 136.0 g (0.51 8 mol) of methylene bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) was dropped over 30 minutes by a dropping funnel. After reacting at 120 ° C for 9 hours, it was confirmed that the isocyanate was almost disappeared, and then 3.6 g (0.049 mol) of isobutanol (manufactured by Kyowa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was dropped, and further reacted at 120 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a carboxyl group and A carbonate bond, and a solution of a polyurethane having a structural unit derived from a dimer diol (hereinafter referred to as a polyurethane (3)). The viscosity of the solution containing the obtained polyurethane (3) is 84 Pa·s » the number average molecular weight of the polyurethane (3) contained in the solution containing the ethyl urethane (3) The acid value of the polyurethane (3) of 12,000 is 30.0 mg-KOH/g. The solid content concentration in the solution containing the ethyl urethane (3) was 45.0% by mass. -96-201113312 (Reference Synthesis Example 3) In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring device, a thermometer, and a condenser, C-1015N (a (poly)carbonate diol and a raw material diol (ie, 1,9-made by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) were charged. a mixture of decanediol and 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol), a molar ratio of the starting diol; 1,9-nonanediol: 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol = 15: 85, hydroxyl group 112.3 mgKOH/g, residual concentration of 1,9-nonanediol 2.1% by mass, residual concentration of 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol 9.3% by mass) 3 8.6 g and Sovermol ( Registered trademark) 908 (dimer diol, manufactured by Cognis Co., Ltd.) 30.7 g, 2,2-dimethylolbutanoic acid (manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd.) 12.2 g and r-butyrolactone 120.2 g, heated to l〇 〇°C dissolves all raw materials. Methylene bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) 4 3 . 5 g was added dropwise by a dropping funnel over 5 minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was reacted at 110 ° C for 7 hours, and it was confirmed that the isocyanate was almost eliminated. Then, isobutanol (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was dropped at 2 · 0 g, and then reacted at 120 ° C for 2 hours. A solution containing ethyl urethane (hereinafter referred to as polyethyl urethane (4)) was obtained. The number average molecular weight of the polyurethane (4) contained in the solution containing the ethyl urethane (4) is 12, and the acid value of the 〇〇〇'polyurethane (4) is 39.8 mg-KOH/g. The solid content concentration in the solution containing the ethyl carbamate (4) was 50.3 mass%. (Refer to Synthesis Example 4) -97- 201113312 Feeding Alcohol) Ethyl Ester Ester 〇g (Methyl ester degree is used to invest C-1015N in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring device, thermometer and condenser (Kuraray Co., Ltd.) a mixture of a (poly)carbonate diol and a raw diol (ie, I,9-nonanediol and 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol), a raw material diol, a molar ratio; 1,9 -decanediol: 2-methyl-i, 8_octyl = 15: 85, diameter base price H2.3 mg IC〇H/g, residual concentration of 1,9-nonanediol 2.1% by mass, 2-methyl group Residual concentration of -1,8-octanediol 9.3% by mass 1 78 .lg, dioctyltin dilaurate (Nitto Chemical Co., Ltd. product name Neostann U-810) 0.23g, 7-butyrol vinegar I91.3g And didiol diethyl ether 3 3.· 8 g 'When all the raw materials were dissolved by heating to 80 ° C. 47.0 g of methylene bis(4-cyclohexyl isocyanate) was dropped by a liquid funnel in 5 minutes. After the reaction, the mixture was reacted at 80 ° C for 4 hours to confirm that the isocyanic acid almost disappeared. Then, isobutanol (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was dropped, and then reacted with 8 (TC for 1 hour to obtain a polyamine. Ethyl carbamate a solution called ethyl polyurethane (5)). The polyamino acid ethyl ester (5) contained in the solution containing ethyl urethane (5) has a number average molecular weight of 19,000, and a polyamine group. The acid value of the ethyl formate (5) is Omg-KOH/g. The solid content in the solution containing the ethyl carbamate (5) is 50.1% by mass. (Integration Example 1) Containing polyaminocarboxylic acid In the solution of the ethyl ester polyimine (1), for the 100 parts by mass of the polyurethane polyethylenimine (1), 1,8-diazabicyclo ring (5.4.0) added as a hardening accelerator 1% by mass of undecene _7 (hereinafter referred to as DBU (98-201113312) (manufactured by Sannopco Co., Ltd.), and then uniformly stirred and mixed. Further added cerium oxide powder (trade name manufactured by Japan Aero Sil Co., Ltd.; aerosilR972) 7 After the mass part, talc (trade name: SG 2 0 0 0, manufactured by Nippon Talc Co., Ltd.), 5 parts by mass, first, coarse kneading, followed by a three-roll mill (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.: S-43/4xll) After repeating the mixing for 3 times, the kneading was carried out to obtain a polyimine (1) containing uniformly mixed polyurethane. A product (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A 1 ). An epoxy resin having a structure of the following formula (2) is added to a container equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, and a condenser (trade name, manufactured by DIC Corporation; 7200 Η epoxy equivalent 278 g/eq) 300 g, 7-butyrolactone 180 g, and diethylene glycol diethyl ether 12 2 g, and stirring was started. Stirring was continued while the temperature in the vessel was raised to 70 using an oil bath. (: After the internal temperature is raised to 70 °c, 'continue to stir for 30 minutes. Then, after confirming that HP-72 00H is completely dissolved, 'cool down to room temperature to obtain a solution containing HP-7 200H at a concentration of 50% by mass (hereinafter referred to as For the hardener solution B 1 ).

(式中’ 1係表示〇或丨以上之整數。) 混合1 0 0質量份之主劑組成物a 1及9、6 5質量份之 硬化劑彳谷液 B 1 及消泡劑(Μ 〇 m e n t i v e P e r f 〇 r m a n c e Materials公司製商品名:T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0 · 5質量份,使用 -99 - 201113312 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 · 3所需 要量之r-丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 85: 15 (質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G 1 )。 (實施配合例2) 在含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2)之溶液中,相 對於聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2) 100質量份,添加 aer〇sil3 80 (日本aerosil股份公司製)7.9質量份及硬化 觸媒之DBU ( San-apro股份公司製)1質量份,首先進行 粗混練,接著使用三輥磨機(股份公司井上製作所製型 式:S-43/4xll),重複3次混練後,進行本混練,得到 含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2 )之組成物(以下稱爲 主劑組成物A 2 )。 相對於1 〇〇質量份之主劑組成物A2,添加20質量份 之硬化劑溶液 B1及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名:T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0.5質量份,使用 7 -丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 85: 15(質量比)稀釋,得 到黏度35Pa’s、觸變指數2.2、不揮發分40質量%之含 有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2 )之熱硬化性組成物(以 下稱爲熱硬化性組成物G2 )。 (實施配合例3 ) 混合含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1)之溶液11!.1質 -100- 201113312 量份、氧化砂粉(日本 aerosil股份公司製商品名; aer〇silR9 74 ) 5.0質量份、作爲硬化促進劑之三聚氰胺( 曰產化學工業股份公司製)0.36質量份,使用三輥磨機( 股份公司井上製作所製型式:S-43/4X 1 1 )重複3次混練 後,進行本混練,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(1 )之組成 物(以下稱爲主劑組成物A3 )。 相對於100質量份之主劑組成物A3,混合22.7質量 份之硬化劑溶液 B1 及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名.;TSA750S) 0.60質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 . 3所需 要量之r 一丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 85: 15(質量比) 的混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲 熱硬化性組成物G 3 )。 (實施配合例4 ) 混合含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2 )之溶液1 1 1.1質 量份、氧化砂粉(日本aerosil股份公司製商品名; aerosilR9 74 ) 5.0質量份、作爲硬化促進劑之三聚氰胺( 曰產化學工業股份公司製)0·36質量份,使用三輥磨機( 股份公司井上製作所製型式:S-43/4x 1 1 )重複3次混練 後,進行本混練,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(2 )之組成 物(以下稱爲主劑組成物A 4 )。 相對於100質量份之主劑組成物A4,混合25.5質量 份之硬化劑溶液B1及消泡劑(MomenHve performance -101 - 201113312(In the formula, '1 series means an integer of 〇 or 丨.) Mixing 100 parts by mass of the main component composition a 1 and 9, 6 parts by mass of the hardener 彳谷液 B 1 and the antifoaming agent (Μ 〇 Mentive P erf 〇rmance Materials company trade name: TSA 7 5 0 S ) 0 · 5 parts by mass, using -99 - 201113312 Wipe the knife and mix thoroughly. Then, a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 85:15 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 1 ). (Implementation Example 2) Aer〇sil3 80 was added to 100 parts by mass of polyurethane polyethylenimine (2) in a solution containing polyurethane polyethylenimine (2) ( 1 part by mass of DBU (manufactured by San-apro Co., Ltd.) of 7.9 parts by mass and hardening catalyst, and first coarse kneading, followed by a three-roll mill (formed by Inoue Co., Ltd.: S-43/) 4x11) After the kneading was repeated three times, the kneading was carried out to obtain a composition containing polyethylenimine (2) (hereinafter referred to as a main component A 2 ). 20 parts by mass of the hardener solution B1 and an antifoaming agent (trade name: TSA 7 5 0 S, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.) were added in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass to 1 part by mass of the main component A2. Lactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 85: 15 (mass ratio) diluted to obtain a viscosity of 35Pa's, a thixotropic index of 2.2, a non-volatile content of 40% by mass of polyurethane polyethylenimine (2) A thermosetting composition (hereinafter referred to as a thermosetting composition G2). (Example 3) The solution containing the above-mentioned polyurethane (1) was mixed with 11: 1.1 mass-100-201113312 parts, oxidized sand powder (trade name of Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.; aer〇silR9 74) 5.0 0.36 parts by mass of melamine (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as a hardening accelerator, and repeated three times of kneading using a three-roll mill (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.: S-43/4X 1 1) In the kneading, a composition containing ethyl polyurethane (1) (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A3) was obtained. To 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A3, 22.7 parts by mass of the hardener solution B1 and 0.60 parts by mass of an antifoaming agent (trade name: TSA750S, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.) were mixed, and the mixture was thoroughly stirred and mixed using a spatula. Then, a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 85:15 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 3 ). (Example 4) A solution containing 1.1 1 part by mass of the solution containing the above-mentioned polyurethane (2) and 5.0 parts by mass of oxidized sand powder (trade name: aerosil R9 74, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) as a hardening accelerator 0. 36 parts by mass of melamine (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the kneading was repeated three times using a three-roll mill (former type: S-43/4x 1 1 of the company). A composition of ethyl urethane (2) (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A 4 ). 25.5 parts by mass of the hardener solution B1 and the antifoaming agent are mixed with respect to 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A4 (MomenHve performance -101 - 201113312

Materials公司製商品名;TSA750S) 0.60質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 .3所需 要量之r-丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 60: 40(質量比)的 混合溶劑’調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G 4 )。 (實施配合例5 ) 混合含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3)之溶液111.1質 量份、氧化矽粉(日本aerosil股份公司製商品名; aer〇silR974 ) 5.0質量份、作爲硬化促進劑之三聚氰胺( 日產化學工業股份公司製)0 · 3 6質量份,使用三輥磨機( 股份公司井上製作所製型式·· S - 4 3 /4 X 1 1 )重複3次混練 後,進行本混練,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(3 )之組成 物(以下稱爲主劑組成物A 5 )。 相對於100質量份之主劑組成物A5,混合19.1質量 份之硬化劑溶液B1及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名;T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0 _ 6 0質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 · 3所需 要量之7 -丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚=60 : 40 (質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G 5 )。 (實施配合例6) 相對於1 〇 〇質量份之主劑組成物A 3,混合3 0.3質量 -102- 201113312 份之硬化劑溶液 B 1及消泡劑(Μ 〇 m e n t i v e P e r f 〇 r m a n c e Materials公司製商品名;T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0 _ 6 0質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲〗.3所需 要量之r-丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 85: 15(質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G 6 )。 (實施配合例7 ) 相對於1 〇 〇質量份之主劑組成物A4,混合3 4.0質量 份之硬化劑溶液 B1及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名;T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0 · 6 0質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 . 3所需 要量之7 -丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚=60 : 40 (質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G 7 )。 (實施配合例8 ) 相對於1 0 〇質量份之主劑組成物A 5,混合2 5.5質量 份之硬化劑溶液 B1及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名;TSA750S) 0.60質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 . 3所需 要量之r -丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚=60 : 40 (質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物G8 )。 -103- 201113312 (比較配合例1 ) 相對於100質量份之主劑組成物 A1 ,將 CELLOXID202 1 P ( Daicel 化學工業股份公司製、(3’,4’_ 環氧基環己烷)甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、環氧當 量 126g/eq ) 4.2 質量份及消泡齊!J ( MomentiveThe product name of Materials Co., Ltd.; TSA750S) 0.60 parts by mass, mixed thoroughly with a spatula. Then, a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 60:40 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added to adjust the viscosity to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 4 ). (Example 5) The mixture of 111.1 parts by mass of the solution containing the above-mentioned polyurethane (3) and cerium oxide powder (trade name: aer〇silR974, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 5.0 parts by mass, and melamine as a hardening accelerator (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0 · 36 parts by mass, and the kneading was repeated three times using a three-roll mill (formed by Inoue Co., Ltd., S- 4 3 /4 X 1 1) A composition containing ethyl urethane (3) (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A 5 ). 19.1 parts by mass of the hardener solution B1 and an antifoaming agent (trade name of Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.; TSA 7 5 0 S ) 0 _ 60 parts by mass, using a spatula, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A5 Mix well with stirring. Then, a mixed solvent of 7-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 60:40 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 5 ). (Implementation Example 6) Mixing 3 0.3 mass - 102 - 201113312 parts of hardener solution B 1 and antifoaming agent (1 〇mentive P erf 〇rmance Materials) with respect to 1 part by mass of the main component A 3 Product name; TSA 7 5 0 S ) 0 _ 60 parts by mass, stir well with a spatula. Then, a mixed solvent having a thixotropic index of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 85:15 (mass ratio) is added to adjust the viscosity to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 6 ). (Example 7) The hardener solution B1 and the antifoaming agent (trade name of Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.; TSA 7 5 0 S) were mixed with 3 parts by mass of the main component composition A4. · 60 parts by mass, mix thoroughly with a spatula. Then, a mixed solvent having a thixotropic index of 1.3 -butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 60:40 (mass ratio) is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G 7 ). (Example 8) The hardener solution B1 and the antifoaming agent (trade name of Momentive Performance Materials; TSA750S) 0.60 parts by mass were mixed with 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A 5 , Stir well with a spatula. Then, a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 60:40 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition G8). -103- 201113312 (Comparative Example 1) CELLOXID202 1 P (made by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., (3', 4'-epoxycyclohexane) methyl group) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the main component A1 -3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, epoxy equivalent 126g/eq) 4.2 parts by mass and defoaming! J ( Momentive

Performance Materials 公司製商品名:TSA750S) 0.5 質 量份均勻混合於含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1) 之組成物中’得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(1 )之 熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱硬化性組成物Η 1 )。 (比較配合例2 ) 相對於1 0 0質量份之主劑組成物A 2,添加Υ Η - 4 3 4 ( 東都化成股份公司製胺型環氧樹脂之商品名、環氧當量 120g/eq) 10 質量份及 TSA750S( Momentive Performance Materials公司製之消泡劑之商品名)0.5質量份,使用 7 -丁內酯稀釋,得到黏度3 5 P a . s、觸變指數2.4、不揮 發分40質量%之含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺(2)之熱 硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱硬化性組成物H2 )。 (比較配合例3 ) 具備攪拌機及冷凝器之容器中,添加jER 828EL (日 本環氧樹脂股份公司製雙酚A型環氧樹脂環氧當量 190g/eq) 300質量份、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯300質量份 -104- 201113312 ,開始攬拌。繼續攪拌1小時。然後,確認jER8 2 8 EL完 全溶解後,得到濃度50質量%之含有jER8 2 8 EL之溶液 。此溶液作爲硬化劑溶液B 2。 混合含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯(4 )之溶液1 1 1 . 1質 量份 '氧化矽粉(日本aerosil股份公司製商品名; aer〇SilR974 ) 5.0質量份、作爲硬化促進劑之三聚氰胺( 曰產化學工業股份公司製)0 · 3 6質量份,使用三輥磨機( 股份公司井上製作所製型式:S-43/4 X 1 1 )重複3次混練 後,進行本混練,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(4 )之組成 物(以下稱爲主劑組成物A 6 )。 相對於100質量份之主劑組成物A6,混合14.2質量 份之硬化劑溶液 B 1及消泡劑(Μ 〇 m e n t i v e P e r f 〇 r m a n c e Materials公司製商品名;T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0.6 0質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 . 3所需 要量之丁內酯:二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯=1: 1 (質量比 )的混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱 爲熱硬化性組成物Η 3 )。 (比較配合例4 ) 混合含有前述聚胺基甲酸乙酯(5 )之溶液8 9 · 9質量 份、氧化矽粉(日本aerosil股份公司製 商品名: aerosilR9 74 ) 5.0質量份、作爲硬化促進劑之三聚氰胺( 曰產化學工業股份公司製)〇 · 3 6質量份’使用三輥磨機( 股份公司井上製作所製型式:S-43/4xl 1 )重複3次混練 -105- 201113312 後,進行本混練,得到含有聚胺基甲酸乙酯(5 )之組成 物(以下稱爲主劑組成物A7 )。 相對於80.9質量份之主劑組成物A7,混合22.7質量 份之硬化劑溶液 B1及消泡劑(Momentive Performance Materials公司製商品名;T S A 7 5 0 S ) 0.6 0質量份,使用 抹刀充分攪拌混合。然後,添加使觸變指數成爲1 . 3所需 要量之r-丁內酯:二乙二醇二乙醚= 85: 15(質量比)的 混合溶劑,調整黏度,得到熱硬化性組成物(以下稱爲熱 硬化性組成物H4)。 (實施例1~8、比較例1〜3 ) 如表1所示,分別使用熱硬化性組成物G 1〜熱硬化性 組成物G 8、熱硬化性組成物Η 1 ~熱硬化性組成物H4,藉 由後述的方法,評價聚醯亞胺及對於施予鍍錫處理之銅的 密著性、評價翹曲性及評價長期電絕緣信賴性。結果如表 1所示。 對聚醯亞胺及對於施予鍍錫處理之銅的密著性之評價 將熱硬化性組成物G1藉由網版印刷法塗佈於撓性貼 銅層合板(住友金屬礦山公司製商品名;S’PERFLEX 銅厚;8ym、聚醯亞胺厚;38/zm)施予鍍錫的基板及聚 醯亞胺薄膜〔Kapton (註冊商標)3 00H、DuPont Toray 公司製〕上,使熱硬化性組成物的厚度成爲1 5 /z m之厚 度(乾燥後之厚度),置於80°C之熱風循環式乾燥機30 -106- 201113312 分鐘’其後’置於120°C之熱風循環式乾燥機120分鐘進 行硬化。於該硬化塗膜上以1 mm間隔切割1 00個格子狀 圖型,將切成約7 5mm長度的膠帶黏著於格子部分,將剝 離用膠帶(Jis Z 1522所規定之物品)以接近60。之角度 ,並以0.5〜1 _ 0秒之時間拉離。 剝離用膠帶使用日東電工公司製,並以下述基準進行 評價。 〇:方格子數殘留8 0個以上、 △:方格子數殘留50個以上,且未達.80個、 X :方格子數僅殘留未達5 0個。 結果如表1所示。 又,使用熱硬化性組成物G 2〜熱硬化性組成物G 8、 熱硬化性組成物Η 1〜熱硬化性組成物H4進行相同評價。 這些結果合倂記載於表1。 翹曲性之評價 將熱硬化性組成物G1藉由網版印刷塗佈於基板,置 於8(TC之熱風循環式乾燥機中30分鐘,其後置於l2〇°C 之熱風循環式乾燥機內60分鐘,進行硬化。基板使用3 8 厚之聚醯亞胺薄膜〔Kapton (註冊商標)150EN、 DuPont Toray 公司製〕。Performance Materials, Inc., manufactured by Performance Materials, Inc.: TSA750S) 0.5 parts by mass is uniformly mixed in the composition containing the aforementioned polyurethane urethane (1) to obtain a polyethylene urethane containing polyurethane (1) The thermosetting composition (hereinafter referred to as thermosetting composition Η 1 ). (Comparative Example 2) Υ Η - 4 3 4 (trade name of amine-type epoxy resin manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent 120 g/eq) was added to 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A 2 . 10 parts by mass and 0.5 parts by mass of TSA750S (trade name of defoamer manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), diluted with 7-butyrolactone to obtain a viscosity of 3 5 P a . s, a thixotropic index of 2.4, a nonvolatile content of 40 mass % of a thermosetting composition (hereinafter referred to as thermosetting composition H2) containing polyethyl urethane polyethylenimine (2). (Comparative Example 3) A container equipped with a stirrer and a condenser was charged with jER 828EL (Nippon Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd. bisphenol A epoxy resin epoxy equivalent 190 g/eq) 300 parts by mass, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether 300 parts by mass of acetate -104-201113312, began to mix. Stirring was continued for 1 hour. Then, after confirming that jER8 2 8 EL was completely dissolved, a solution containing jER8 2 8 EL having a concentration of 50% by mass was obtained. This solution was used as the hardener solution B 2 . 1 part by mass of the solution containing the above-mentioned polyurethane (4), 1 part by mass of 'yttrium oxide powder (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.; aer〇SilR974), 5.0 parts by mass, melamine as a hardening accelerator (曰0. 36 parts by mass of the Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and the kneading was repeated three times using a three-roll mill (formed by Inoue Co., Ltd.: S-43/4 X 1 1), and the mixture was mixed to obtain a polyamine. A composition of ethyl urethane (4) (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A 6 ). 14.2 parts by mass of the hardener solution B 1 and the antifoaming agent (trade name of 〇 〇 mentive erf 〇rmance Materials Co., Ltd.; TSA 7 5 0 S ) 0.60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the main component composition A6. Use a spatula to mix thoroughly. Then, a mixed solvent in which the thixotropic index is required to be a required amount of butyrolactone: diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate = 1: 1 (mass ratio) is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition ( Hereinafter referred to as a thermosetting composition Η 3 ). (Comparative Example 4) 8.9 parts by mass of a solution containing the aforementioned polyurethane (5) and 5.0 parts by mass of cerium oxide powder (trade name: aerosil R9 74, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) as a hardening accelerator Melamine (manufactured by 曰 化学 化学 化学 〇 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 使用 重复 重复 重复 重复 重复 重复 重复After kneading, a composition containing ethyl polyurethane (5) (hereinafter referred to as a main component composition A7) was obtained. 22.7 parts by mass of the hardener solution B1 and an antifoaming agent (trade name of Momentive Performance Materials Co., Ltd.; TSA 7 5 0 S) 0.60 parts by mass were mixed with 80.9 parts by mass of the main component composition A7, and thoroughly stirred using a spatula. mixing. Then, a mixed solvent of r-butyrolactone: diethylene glycol diethyl ether = 85:15 (mass ratio) which is required to have a thixotropic index of 1.3 is added, and the viscosity is adjusted to obtain a thermosetting composition (hereinafter, It is called thermosetting composition H4). (Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3) As shown in Table 1, each of the thermosetting composition G 1 to the thermosetting composition G 8 and the thermosetting composition Η 1 to the thermosetting composition were used. H4, by the method described later, the adhesion of the polyimide and the copper to which the tin plating treatment was applied, the evaluation of the warpage property, and the evaluation of the long-term electrical insulation reliability were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1. Evaluation of adhesion of polyimine and copper to tin-plating treatment The thermosetting composition G1 was applied to a flexible copper-clad laminate by screen printing (trade name of Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.) ; S'PERFLEX copper thickness; 8 μm, polytheneimide thickness; 38/zm) applied to a tin-plated substrate and a polyimide film (Kapton (registered trademark) 3 00H, manufactured by DuPont Toray Co., Ltd.) to thermally harden The thickness of the composition is 1 5 /zm (thickness after drying), placed in a hot air circulating dryer at 80 °C 30-106-201113312 minutes 'after' placed at 120 °C hot air circulation drying The machine was hardened in 120 minutes. On the hardened coating film, 100 grid patterns were cut at intervals of 1 mm, and a tape cut to a length of about 75 mm was adhered to the lattice portion, and the peeling tape (article specified by Jis Z 1522) was brought close to 60. The angle is pulled away by 0.5~1 _ 0 seconds. The tape for peeling was manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation and evaluated according to the following criteria. 〇: There are more than 80 square lattices remaining, △: the number of square lattices remains 50 or more, and the number of squares is less than 80, and the number of square squares is only less than 50. The results are shown in Table 1. Further, the same evaluation was carried out using the thermosetting composition G 2 to the thermosetting composition G 8 and the thermosetting composition Η 1 to the thermosetting composition H4. These results are collectively shown in Table 1. Evaluation of warpage The thermosetting composition G1 was applied to the substrate by screen printing, placed in a hot air circulating dryer of 8 (TC) for 30 minutes, and then placed in a hot air circulating drying at 12 °C. The film was hardened for 60 minutes in the machine, and a 38-thick polyimide film (Kapton (registered trademark) 150EN, manufactured by DuPont Toray Co., Ltd.) was used for the substrate.

對於塗佈熱硬化性組成物,使用乾燥機硬化的塗膜, 以圓形切割器切成50mm φ。切成圓形者係在中心附近呈 現凸狀或凹狀之翹曲形的變形。將試驗片於溫度23±0.5°C -107- 201113312 、濕度60±5 % RH之條件下,放置12小時以上後,下方 爲凸的狀態下靜置,自平面上爲最大的翹曲處與挾著圓之 中心成爲對稱之2處,使用長度計測定自平面上之翹曲的 高度平均。符號係表示翹曲之方向,下方爲凸的狀態下靜 置時,對於聚醯亞胺薄膜,硬化膜成爲上側時評價爲「+ j ,硬化膜成爲下側時,評價爲「-」。 結果如表1所示。 又,使用熱硬化性組成物G2〜熱硬化性組成物G8、 熱硬化性組成物Η 1〜熱硬化性組成物Η 4,進行相同評價 〇 這些結果如表1所示。 可撓性之評價 將熱硬化性組成物G 1藉由網版印刷法塗佈於撓性貼 銅層合板(住友金屬礦山公司製 商品名;S’PERFLEX 銅厚;8/zm、聚醯亞胺厚;38μπ〇之銅上,成爲寬度 7 5mm、長度1 l〇mm之大小,硬化後的塗膜厚度成爲15 //m,然後於室溫下保持10分鐘,置於120 °C的熱風循環 式乾燥機60分鐘進行硬化。將製作之試驗片之內側的 PET薄膜予以剝離,以切割刀切成寬度1 Omni之短冊狀後 ,折彎約1 8 0度折度使塗膜面成爲外側,使用壓縮機以 0.5±0.2Mpa壓縮3秒。將折彎部以彎曲狀態,使用30倍 的顯微鏡觀察,確認有無龜裂產生。 結果如表1所示。 -108- 201113312 又,使用熱硬化性組成物G2〜熱硬化性組成物G8、 熱硬化性組成物H1〜熱硬化性組成物H4,進行相同評價 〇 這些結果如表1所示。 長期電絕緣信賴性之評價(1 ) 將熱硬化性組成物G 1藉由網版印刷法塗佈於蝕刻撓 性貼銅層合板(住友金屬礦山公司製 商品名; S’PERFLEX銅厚;8 μ m、聚醯亞胺厚:38 # m )製造之 JPCA-ET01所記載之微細形圖型形狀的基板(銅配線寬/ 銅配線間寬=1 5 // m/1 5 // m )施予鍍錫處理之撓性配線板 上,使由聚醯亞胺面之厚度成爲15"m的厚度(乾燥後 )’置於80°C之熱風循環式乾燥機中30分鐘,其後置於 1 2 0 °C之熱風循環式乾燥機1 2 0分鐘使其硬化。 使用此試驗片,外加偏壓60V,使用MIGRATION TESTER MODEL MIG-8600 (IMV 公司製)進行溫度 120°C、濕度95% RH之條件的溫濕度定常試驗。由上述溫 濕度定常試驗開始後1小時、1 〇 〇小時後、2 0 0小時後、 3 00小時後、400小時後的電阻値如表1所示。 又,使用熱硬化性組成物G2〜熱硬化性組成物G8、 熱硬化性組成物Η 1〜熱硬化性組成物η 4進行相同評價。 這些結果亦如表1所示。 長期電絕緣信賴性之評價(2 ) -109- 201113312 將熱硬化性組成物G〗藉由網版印刷 性貼銅層合板(住友金屬礦山公司 S,PERFLEX銅厚;8/zm、聚醯亞胺厚: JPCA-ET01所記載之微細形圖型形狀的違 銅配線間寬=1 5 // m /1 5 // m )施予鍍錫處天 上,使由聚醯亞胺面之厚度成爲15Mm| ),置於8CTC之熱風循環式乾燥機中30 120 °C之熱風循環式乾燥機120分鐘使其硬 使用此試驗片,外加偏壓60V,使 TESTER MODEL MIG-8600 ( IMV 公司製 、濕度8 5 % RH之條件的溫濕度定常試驗 定常試驗開始初期及開始後1 0小時後 1 0 0 0小時後、2 0 0 0小時後的電阻値如表1 又,使用熱硬化性組成物G 2 ~熱硬化 熱硬化性組成物Η 1〜熱硬化性組成物H4進 這些結果亦如表1所示。 法塗佈於蝕刻撓 製 商品名; 38 // m )製造之 ^板(銅配線寬/ 里之撓性配線板 的厚度(乾燥後 分鐘,其後置於 化。 用 MIGRATION )進行溫度8 5 °C 。由上述溫濕度 、5 00小時後、 所示。 性組成物G 8、 行相同評價。 -110- 201113312 比較例4 熱硬化性 組成物H4 〇 c-i 1 〇 〇 ΐχίο1。 5X109 i短路 1 短路 短路 ΐχ ίο1。 5X109 短路 短路 比較例3 熱硬化性 組成物H3 〇 1 Ο 〇 m 3X10! 4X108 4X108 4Χ108 1 3Χ108 IX 101° 9X105 5xl09 ιχίο1。 比較例2 熱硬化性 組成物H2 -2.0 0 〇 m 2X10® 3X10! 1 2X108 1 3Χ108 1 3X10* 1 2X1010 lxio1» 1 ! 8X109 4ΧΙ09 比較例1 熱硬化性 組成物H1 〇 1 Ο 〇 m 7X108 8X108 7X108 7Χ108 7 x10s 2x 10!0 lxio10 8X109 4Χ109 實施例8 m 〇〇 ®链 〇 1 0 〇 2xl09 3X109 4X109 _____ _ 4Χ109 3Χ109 1X101。 3X1010 5X1010 9ΧΙ010 實施例7 熱硬化性 組成物G7 〇 1 〇 〇 诨 1X109 2X109 3Χ 109 3 ΧΙΟ9 2 Χ109 lxio10 3xl0'° 5X1010 1X10" 實施例6 1熱硬化性 丨組成物G6 〇 1 〇 〇 lxio9 1_ 2X109 3Χ108 3ΧΙ09 2Χ109 IX 1010 3X1010 4X 1010 δχ 1010 實施例5 熱硬化性 組成物G5 U-5 1 0 〇 m IX 109 2X109 3 ΧΙΟ9 3Χ109 2Χ109 j ixio10 3X1010 4X 1010 7Χ1010 實施例4 熱硬化性 組成物G4 ΙΛ 1 0 〇 « 1X109 2X109 2X10S 2Χ109 X 1X1010 Γ 3X1010 4X 1010 8Χ1010 實施例3 熱硬化性 組成物G3 t 〇 〇 m 1X109 2X109 2Χ109 1_____ 2Χ109 X lxio10 2X10'。 3X1010 6Χ Ι010 實施例2 熱硬化性 組成物G2 Ο c^a ο 〇 m 9X10* 1X109 ΐχ ιο9 9Χ 108 9X 10s 2X 1010 3X1010 4X1010 7X10 丨0 實施例1 熱硬化性 組成物G1 Ο 〇 〇 m 9X108 2X109 2Χ109 2 ΧΙΟ5 1XI09 1X101。 3X1010 4X101。 8Χ1010 單位 e E a a 使用之熱硬化性組成物 翹曲性之評價 與聚醯亞胺 之密著性 劫 η mm m» 握s 黎骚 ㈣ 龜裂之有無 開始 1小時後 開始 100小時後 開始 200小時後 1_ 開始 300小時後 開始 I 400小時後 l 開始 10小時後 i 開始 1 500小時後 開始 1000小時後 1 聞始 2000小時後 密著性之評價 可撓性之評價 «1 -111 - 201113312 由表1的結果,藉由使用本發明(I )之熱硬化性組 成物,可提供可維持高水準之低電阻値的狀態,可展現長 期電絕緣特性之新穎組成物及將該組成物進行硬化所得之 硬化物。 產業上之可利用性 本發明之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物係適用於 製造撓性配線板。 -112-The coating of the thermosetting composition was cut into a 50 mm φ with a circular cutter using a coating film which was hardened by a dryer. A person who is cut into a circle has a convex or concave warped deformation near the center. The test piece was allowed to stand for 12 hours or more under the conditions of temperature 23±0.5°C -107-201113312 and humidity 60±5 % RH, and the lower part was placed in a convex state, and the maximum warpage was from the plane. The center of the circle is symmetrical, and the length average is used to measure the height average of the warpage from the plane. When the symbol is the direction of the warpage and the lower side is in a state of being convex, the polyimide film is evaluated as "+ j" when the cured film is on the upper side and "-" when the cured film is on the lower side. The results are shown in Table 1. Further, the same results were evaluated using the thermosetting composition G2 to the thermosetting composition G8 and the thermosetting composition Η 1 to the thermosetting composition Η 4 . The results are shown in Table 1. Evaluation of Flexibility The thermosetting composition G 1 was applied to a flexible copper-clad laminate by screen printing (trade name of Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.; S'PERFLEX copper thickness; 8/zm, Jujua The amine is thick; on the copper of 38μπ〇, it has a width of 7 5mm and a length of 1 l〇mm. The thickness of the coating film after hardening becomes 15 //m, and then it is kept at room temperature for 10 minutes, and is placed at a hot air of 120 °C. The circulating dryer was hardened for 60 minutes, and the PET film on the inner side of the produced test piece was peeled off, and cut into a short booklet having a width of 1 Omni by a dicing blade, and then bent at a width of about 180 degrees to make the coating film surface outer. The compressor was compressed at 0.5 ± 0.2 MPa for 3 seconds using a compressor. The bent portion was observed under a microscope using a 30-fold microscope to confirm the presence or absence of cracks. The results are shown in Table 1. -108- 201113312 The composition G2 to the thermosetting composition G8 and the thermosetting composition H1 to the thermosetting composition H4 were evaluated in the same manner. The results are shown in Table 1. Evaluation of long-term electrical insulation reliability (1) The hardenable composition G 1 is applied to the etching by screen printing Substrate of copper-plated laminate (trade name of Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd.; S'PERFLEX copper thickness; 8 μm, polytheneimide thickness: 38 # m), which is a micro-patterned substrate (JP-ET01) Wiring width / copper wiring width = 1 / 5 / m / 1 5 / m ) Apply tinned tinned flexible wiring board so that the thickness of the polyimide surface becomes 15 "m thickness (after drying) 'It was placed in a hot air circulating dryer at 80 ° C for 30 minutes, and then hardened by a hot air circulating dryer at 120 ° C for 120 minutes. Using this test piece, a bias voltage of 60 V was applied. Temperature and humidity constant test under the conditions of temperature 120 ° C and humidity 95% RH using MIGRATION TESTER MODEL MIG-8600 (manufactured by IMV Co., Ltd.) 1 hour, 1 hour later, 2 0 0 after the start of the above temperature and humidity constant test The resistance after the hour, after 300 hours, and after 400 hours is shown in Table 1. Further, the thermosetting composition G2 to the thermosetting composition G8, the thermosetting composition Η 1 to the thermosetting composition were used. The same evaluation was performed for η 4. These results are also shown in Table 1. Evaluation of long-term electrical insulation reliability (2) -109- 2 01113312 The thermosetting composition G is made of a screen-printed copper laminate (Sumitomo Metal Mining Co., Ltd., PERFLEX copper thickness; 8/zm, polytheneimide thickness: JPCA-ET01) The shape of the copper-free wiring compartment is =1 5 // m /1 5 // m ) The tin-plated place is applied to the sky so that the thickness of the polyimide surface becomes 15Mm|), and the hot air circulation dryer is placed at 8CTC. In the hot air circulating dryer of 30 120 °C for 120 minutes, the test piece was hardly used, and a bias voltage of 60 V was applied to make the temperature and humidity constant test of the condition of TESTER MODEL MIG-8600 (IMV company, humidity 85 % RH) The resistance 値 after 1000 hours after 1000 hours after the start of the test and after the start of the test, as shown in Table 1, the thermosetting composition G 2 ~ the thermosetting thermosetting composition Η 1~ The results of the thermosetting composition H4 are also shown in Table 1. The method is applied to the name of the etched product; 38 // m) The thickness of the manufactured wiring board (the width of the copper wiring width / the inside of the flexible wiring board (minutes after drying, and then placed. MIGRATION) for temperature 8 5 °C. From the above temperature and humidity, after 500 hours, as shown. Sex composition G 8, the same evaluation. -110- 201113312 Comparative Example 4 Thermosetting composition H4 〇ci 1 〇〇ΐχίο1. 5X109 i Short circuit 1 Short circuit short circuit ΐχ ίο1. 5X109 Short circuit short circuit Comparative example 3 Thermosetting composition H3 〇1 Ο 〇m 3X10! 4X108 4X108 4Χ108 1 3Χ108 IX 101° 9X105 5xl09 ιχίο1. Comparative example 2 Thermosetting composition H2 -2.0 0 〇m 2X10® 3X10! 1 2X108 1 3Χ108 1 3X10* 1 2X1010 lxio1» 1 ! 8X109 4ΧΙ09 Comparative Example 1 Thermosetting composition H1 〇1 Ο 〇m 7X108 8X108 7X108 7Χ108 7 x10s 2x 10!0 lxio10 8X109 4Χ109 Example 8 m 〇〇® chain 〇1 0 〇2xl09 3X109 4X109 _____ _ 4Χ109 3Χ109 1X101. 3X1010 5X1010 9ΧΙ010 Example 7 Thermosetting composition G7 〇1 〇〇诨1X109 2X109 3Χ 109 3 ΧΙΟ9 2 Χ109 lxio10 3xl0'° 5X1010 1X10" Example 6 1 Thermosetting 丨 composition G6 〇1 〇〇lxio9 1_ 2X109 3Χ108 3ΧΙ09 2Χ109 IX 1010 3X1010 4X 1010 δχ 1010 Example 5 Thermosetting composition G5 U-5 1 0 〇m IX 109 2X109 3 ΧΙΟ9 3Χ109 2Χ109 j ixio10 3X1010 4X 1010 7Χ1010 Example 4 Thermosetting composition G4 ΙΛ 1 0 〇« 1X109 2X109 2X10S 2Χ109 X 1X1010 Γ 3X1010 4X 1010 8Χ1010 Example 3 Thermosetting composition G3 t 〇〇m 1X109 2X109 2Χ109 1_____ 2Χ109 X lxio10 2X10'. 3X1010 6Χ Ι010 Example 2 Thermosetting composition G2 Ο c^a ο 〇m 9X10* 1X109 ΐχ ιο9 9Χ 108 9X 10s 2X 1010 3X1010 4X1010 7X10 丨0 Example 1 Thermosetting composition G1 Ο 〇〇m 9X108 2X109 2Χ109 2 ΧΙΟ5 1XI09 1X101. 3X1010 4X101. 8Χ1010 Unit e E aa The evaluation of the warpage of the thermosetting composition and the adhesion of the polyimine. η mm m» 握 斯 Li Sao (4) The presence or absence of the crack starts 100 hours after the start of 100 hours. After 1 hour, 1 hour, 300 hours, I, 400 hours, 1 hour, 10 hours, 1 hour, 1 hour, 1000 hours, 1 hour, 2000 hours, adhesion evaluation, flexibility evaluation, «1 -111 - 201113312 As a result of Table 1, by using the thermosetting composition of the invention (I), it is possible to provide a state in which a low-resistance ruthenium can be maintained at a high level, a novel composition exhibiting long-term electrical insulating properties, and a hardening of the composition. The resulting cured product. Industrial Applicability The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board of the present invention is suitable for use in the production of a flexible wiring board. -112-

Claims (1)

201113312 七、申請專利範圍·· 1. 一種配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物’其特徵 係以具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物、具有可與環氧 基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示之構造單位的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯及溶劑爲必須成分’201113312 VII. Patent Application Range 1. A thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board is characterized by an epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure and a functional group reactive with an epoxy group. And having the structural unit of the formula (1) and the solvent as an essential component' ⑴ (式中,R1係表示碳數3〜18之伸烷基’ η係表示1以上 之整數)。 2 .如申請專利範圍第1項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬 化性組成物,其中具有三環癸院構造之含環氧基化合物爲 具有三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸烷構造或三環[3.3·1.13’7]癸烷構造 ,且具有芳香環構造的含環氧基化合物。 3 .如申請專利範圍第2項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬 化性組成物,其中具有三環癸烷構造之含環氧基化合物爲 式(2 )表示之化合物,(1) (wherein R1 represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18', and η means an integer of 1 or more). 2. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to claim 1, wherein the epoxy group-containing compound having a three-ring brothel structure has a tricyclo[5.2.1.0''6] decane structure or Tricyclo[3.3.1.13'7]decane structure and epoxy group-containing compound having an aromatic ring structure. 3. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the epoxy group-containing compound having a tricyclodecane structure is a compound represented by the formula (2), (式中,1係表示0或1以上之整數)。 4.如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能 -113- 201113312 基,且具有以式(i)表示之構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯 爲具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示 之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺 5.如申請專利範圍第1 ~4項中任一項之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中可與環氧基反應之官能基爲 羧基。 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 ~4項中任一項之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中可與環氧基反應之官能基爲 酸酐基。 7 .如申請專利範圍第4或5項之配線板之保護膜用 熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且 具有以式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺爲使下述成分(a)〜成分(d)進行 反應所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺, 成分(a )二異氰酸酯、 成分(b)具有由碳數3〜18之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、及 成分(d )式(3 )表示之2官能性羥基末端醯亞胺, 0(In the formula, 1 represents an integer of 0 or more). 4. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which has a functional group -113-201113312 which can react with an epoxy group, and has a formula (i) The structural unit of the polyurethane is a polyurethane having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and having a quinone bond. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the functional group reactive with the epoxy group is a carboxyl group. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the functional group reactive with the epoxy group is an acid anhydride group. 7. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the fourth or fifth aspect of the invention, which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and having a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further having The polyimine bond of the quinone imine bond is a polyurethane polyethylenimine obtained by reacting the following components (a) to (d), component (a) diisocyanate, Component (b) (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, component (c) a diol having a carboxyl group, and component (d) represented by formula (3) 2-functional hydroxy-terminal quinone imine, 0 HO—R2—NHO—R2—N Ο ΟΟ Ο N—R3-〇HN-R3-〇H (3) -114- 201113312 (式中,R2、R3係各自獨立表示2價之脂肪族或芳香族 烴基’ Y 1係表示由四羧酸或其酸酐基所衍生之4價有機 基,X1係表示由二胺或二異氰酸酯所衍生之2價有機基 ,111係0〜20之整數)。 8.如申請專利範圍第4或6項之配線板之保護膜用 熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能基,且 具有以式(1)表示之構造單位,再具有醯亞胺鍵之聚胺 基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺爲具有選自由式(4)〜式(6)所成 群之至少1種構造單位的聚胺基甲酸乙酯聚醯亞胺’(3) -114- 201113312 (wherein R2 and R3 each independently represent a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group' Y 1 represents a tetravalent organic group derived from a tetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride group thereof, and the X1 system It represents a divalent organic group derived from a diamine or a diisocyanate, and 111 is an integer of 0 to 20). 8. The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the fourth or sixth aspect of the invention, which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group and has a structural unit represented by the formula (1), and further has The polyamidiamine of the quinone imine bond is a polyethylenimine having at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the formulas (4) to (6). 式中,複數個R4係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基’ 複數個R5係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,a及b係各 自獨立爲1〜20之整數,複數個X2係各自獨立爲2價有機 基,In the formula, the plurality of R4 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18'. The plurality of R5 groups are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and each of the a and b groups is independently an integer of 1 to 20, A plurality of X2 systems are each independently a divalent organic group. (5) 式中,複數個R6係各自獨立爲碳數3~ 18之伸院基’ 複數個R7係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,c & d係各 自獨立爲1~20之整數,複數個X3係各自獨立爲2價有機 基,γ2 係 CH2、302或 0, -115- (6)201113312(5) In the formula, a plurality of R6 systems are each independently a carbon number of 3 to 18, and a plurality of R7 systems are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the c & d systems are each independently 1~ An integer of 20, a plurality of X3 systems are each independently a divalent organic group, γ2 is a CH2, 302 or 0, -115- (6) 201113312 --X—ί3- 式中 複數個R 自獨立爲 基,Y3 弃 ,複數個R8係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基, 9係各自獨立爲碳數3〜18之伸烷基,e及f係各 1〜20之整數,複數個X4係各自獨立爲2價有機 :下述式(7) ~式(33)中任一的基團’--X—ί3- where a plurality of R are independently independent, Y3 is discarded, and a plurality of R8 systems are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, and the 9 series are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 18. , e and f are each an integer from 1 to 20, and the plurality of X4 systems are each independently a divalent organic: a group of any one of the following formulas (7) to (33). -116- (11) 201113312-116- (11) 201113312 (14)(14) (15)(15) (16) -117- (17) 201113312(16) -117- (17) 201113312 (18)(18) (2 0)(2 0) (2 1) 118- 201Π3312(2 1) 118- 201Π3312 (2 2) (2 3) (2 4) (2 5)(2 2) (2 3) (2 4) (2 5) (2 6) 119- 201113312(2 6) 119- 201113312 (2 7)(2 7) (2 8)(2 8) (2 9)(2 9) (3 0)(3 0) (3 1 )(3 1 ) (3 2)(3 2) (3 3) -120- 201113312 9. 如申請專利範圍第1 ~ 3項中任一項之配線板之保 護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基反應之官能 基,且具有以式(1)表示之構造單位之聚胺基甲酸乙酯 爲使下述成分(a)、成分(b)、成分(Ο及成分(e) 進行反應所得之聚胺基甲酸乙酯, 成分(a )二異氰酸酯、 成分(b )具有由碳數3〜1 8之二醇所衍生之有機殘基 的(聚)碳酸酯多元醇、 成分(c)具有羧基之二醇、 成分(e) 1分子中具有3個以上之羥基的化合物。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1〜3、5、6及9項中任一項之 配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中具有可與環氧基 反應之官能基,且具有以式(1)表示之構造單位的聚胺 基甲酸乙酯爲再含有由二聚物二醇所衍生之有機殘基的聚 胺基甲酸乙酯。 11 _如申請專利範圍第1〜10項中任一項之配線板之 保護膜用熱硬化性組成物,其中溶劑爲含有在大氣壓下, 具有1 7 0°c以上,未達2 0 0 °C之沸點之至少1種溶劑與在 大氣壓下,具有2 0 0 °C ~2 2 0 °C之沸點之至少1種溶劑的混 合溶劑。 1 2.如申請專利範圍第1 1項之配線板之保護膜用熱 硬化性組成物,其中在大氣壓下,具有17CTC以上,未達 2 〇 〇 °C之沸點的溶劑爲選自下述A群中之至少1種,且在 大氣壓下’具有200。(:〜220°C之沸點的溶劑爲選自下述B -121 - 201113312 群中之至少1種, A群·—乙二醇二甲醚(沸點162。〇 、二7 —醇二 乙醚(沸點189〇c)、—— _ — ~~ 一 了乙基甲醚(沸點176°c) 、—内—醆二甲醚( ,_ . 〇r,, (沸點17。 ’ mC)、3_甲氧基丁基乙酸醋 K)、乙二醇單丁酸乙酸醋(沸㉟192。〇 —Β群乙—醇丁基甲醚(沸點212艽)、三丙二醇 二甲醚(沸點2丨5 t ) '二 —乙一6?—甲醚(沸點2 1 6 T:) 、乙二醇二丁醚(沸點2〇rc)、二乙二醇二單乙醚乙酸 醋(沸點2l7t )、7 _丁內酯(沸點2〇4<t )。 13 · 種配線板之保護膜,其特徵係使如申請專利範 圍第1 1 2項中任—項之配線板之保護膜用熱硬化性組成 物硬化所得之配線板之保護膜。 1 4. 一種以保護膜被覆的撓性配線板,其特徵係在撓 性基板上形成配線所成之撓性配線板之形成配線之表面之 一部份或全部被如申請專利範圍第1 3項之配線板之保護 膜所被覆。 1 5 .—種以保護膜被覆之撓性配線板的製造方法,其 特徵係使如申請專利範圍第1〜1 2項中任一項之配線板之 保護膜用熱硬化性組成物印刷至撓性配線板之經鍍錫處理 的配線圖型部,在該圖型上形成印刷膜’將該印刷膜以 80~13(TC加熱硬化,形成保護膜。 -122- 201113312 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明:無 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:無(3) The thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which has a functional group reactive with an epoxy group, and has The polyurethane having the structural unit represented by the formula (1) is a polyurethane obtained by reacting the following components (a), (b), and (e) and a component (e). (a) a diisocyanate, a component (b) having a (poly)carbonate polyol having an organic residue derived from a diol having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a component (c) having a carboxyl group, and a component (e) A thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5, 6 and 9 of the invention, wherein The epoxy group-reactive functional group and the polyurethane having the structural unit represented by the formula (1) are polyethyl urethanes further containing an organic residue derived from the dimer diol. The thermosetting composition for a protective film for a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 10, Wherein the solvent is at least one solvent having a boiling point of not more than 190 ° C and less than 200 ° C at atmospheric pressure and having a boiling point of from 200 ° C to 2 2 0 ° C at atmospheric pressure. A mixed solvent of at least one solvent. 1 2. A thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein at atmospheric pressure, it has a boiling point of 17 CTC or more and less than 2 〇〇 ° C. The solvent is at least one selected from the group A below, and has 200 at atmospheric pressure. The solvent having a boiling point of (220 ° C) is at least one selected from the group consisting of B - 121 - 201113312 below. Group A · ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 162. 〇, bis 7 - alcohol diethyl ether (boiling point 189 〇 c), - _ ~ ~ ~ an ethyl methyl ether (boiling point 176 ° c), - inside - indole dimethyl ether ( , _ . 〇r,, (boiling point 17. 'mC), 3_methoxybutyl acetate vinegar K), ethylene glycol monobutyrate acetate vinegar (boiling 35192. 〇 - Β group B - alcohol butyl methyl ether (boiling point 212 艽), tripropylene glycol dimethyl ether (boiling point 2 丨 5 t ) 'di-ethyl-6-methyl ether (boiling point 2 16 T:), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (boiling point 2 〇 Rc ), diethylene glycol di-monoethyl acetate acetate (boiling point 2l7t), 7-butyrolactone (boiling point 2〇4<t). 13 · Protective film of wiring board, characterized by the scope of patent application 1 A protective film for a wiring board obtained by curing a thermosetting composition of a protective film of a wiring board of any one of the two items. 1 4. A flexible wiring board covered with a protective film, characterized in that it is formed on a flexible substrate. A part or all of the surface of the flexible wiring board formed by the wiring is covered with a protective film of the wiring board of claim 13 of the patent application. A method for producing a flexible wiring board coated with a protective film, which is characterized in that a thermosetting composition for a protective film of a wiring board according to any one of claims 1 to 12 is printed to In the tinned wiring pattern portion of the flexible wiring board, a printed film is formed on the pattern. The printed film is cured by heating at 80 to 13 (TC is formed to form a protective film. -122-201113312 4. Designated representative image : (1) The representative representative of the case is: No (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative figure is simple: No. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: None
TW099121718A 2009-07-06 2010-07-01 Thermosetting composition for protective film of wiring board TWI495662B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009160120 2009-07-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201113312A true TW201113312A (en) 2011-04-16
TWI495662B TWI495662B (en) 2015-08-11

Family

ID=43429178

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099121718A TWI495662B (en) 2009-07-06 2010-07-01 Thermosetting composition for protective film of wiring board

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2011004756A1 (en)
KR (1) KR101317259B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102471460B (en)
TW (1) TWI495662B (en)
WO (1) WO2011004756A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108461405A (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-28 碁鼎科技秦皇岛有限公司 Line carrier plate and its manufacturing method
TWI697524B (en) * 2015-02-09 2020-07-01 日商味之素股份有限公司 Thermosetting resin composition
US11746083B2 (en) 2020-12-30 2023-09-05 Industrial Technology Research Institute Compound, resin composition and laminated substrate thereof

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102549074B (en) * 2009-10-07 2015-11-25 日立化成株式会社 Compositions of thermosetting resin, the method forming the protective membrane of flexible wiring sheet and flexible wiring sheet
JP5782764B2 (en) * 2010-03-26 2015-09-24 宇部興産株式会社 Method for producing modified polyimide resin
CN103620488B (en) * 2011-06-21 2016-02-24 日产化学工业株式会社 Light orientation process method aligning agent for liquid crystal and use the liquid crystal orientation film of this aligning agent for liquid crystal
ES2626436T3 (en) * 2011-10-28 2017-07-25 Lubrizol Advanced Materials, Inc. Electrochemical cells having polyurethane-based electrode binder compositions
US10889729B2 (en) * 2015-12-25 2021-01-12 Nippon Polytech Corp. Curable composition, cured object, overcoat film, coated flexible wiring board, and process for producing same
CN109071954B (en) * 2016-04-22 2021-11-02 日保丽公司 Curable composition, cured film using same, and overcoat film
JP6897026B2 (en) * 2016-08-10 2021-06-30 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
US10995235B2 (en) * 2016-12-01 2021-05-04 Showa Denko K.K. Composition for forming protective film for electroconductive pattern, protective film for electroconductive pattern, method for producing protective film, and method for producing transparent electroconductive film
JP2019068062A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-25 昭和電工株式会社 Resist ink, protective film of wiring, method for producing the same, semiconductor substrate, and method for producing protective film thereof

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08295718A (en) * 1995-04-24 1996-11-12 Toagosei Co Ltd Polyurethane foam
JPH10158383A (en) * 1996-12-05 1998-06-16 Toagosei Co Ltd Polyether polyol
JPH1095640A (en) * 1996-09-19 1998-04-14 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Photocurable type resin composition for coating optical fiber
JPH11328656A (en) * 1998-05-08 1999-11-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Magnetic recording medium
JP2000086906A (en) * 1998-09-16 2000-03-28 Toray Ind Inc Thermosetting resin solution composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP4186386B2 (en) * 1999-05-24 2008-11-26 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Method for producing polyurethane and use of polyurethane obtained by the production method
JP3444287B2 (en) * 2001-01-25 2003-09-08 荒川化学工業株式会社 Alkoxy group-containing silane-modified polyurethane resin, resin composition and polyurethane resin-silica hybrid
JP4240885B2 (en) * 2001-12-28 2009-03-18 日立化成工業株式会社 Method for forming protective film of flexible wiring board
JP2005048046A (en) * 2003-07-28 2005-02-24 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Adhesive for dry laminate
US20060251907A1 (en) * 2003-09-01 2006-11-09 Kiyoshi Shimizu Surface protection film and method for producing the same
JP2006133561A (en) * 2004-11-08 2006-05-25 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Electrophoretic display device
TWI389936B (en) * 2005-03-28 2013-03-21 Ube Industries Polyimide resin and curable resin composition
JP5148843B2 (en) * 2005-05-20 2013-02-20 住友化学株式会社 High boiling point composition and polymer light emitting device using the same
JP2007138136A (en) * 2005-10-19 2007-06-07 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Epoxy resin/polyurethane mixture and curable resin composition
JP2007171812A (en) * 2005-12-26 2007-07-05 Showa Denko Kk Solder resist ink composition, solder resist obtained by curing the composition, and manufacturing method of the solder resist
JP2007199491A (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-08-09 Showa Denko Kk Solder resist ink composition, solder resist obtained by curing the composition and method for producing the solder resist
JP5167113B2 (en) * 2006-02-27 2013-03-21 昭和電工株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition containing low chlorine polyfunctional aliphatic glycidyl ether compound, cured product of the composition and use thereof
JP2007332328A (en) * 2006-06-19 2007-12-27 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Silver oxide composition
US20100132989A1 (en) * 2007-04-19 2010-06-03 Kan Fujihara Novel polyimide precursor composition and use thereof
TWI453253B (en) * 2007-10-18 2014-09-21 Ajinomoto Kk Resin composition
JP5493347B2 (en) * 2008-01-17 2014-05-14 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Flame retardant resin composition
JP2009271290A (en) * 2008-05-07 2009-11-19 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition for rigid printed wiring board

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI697524B (en) * 2015-02-09 2020-07-01 日商味之素股份有限公司 Thermosetting resin composition
CN108461405A (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-28 碁鼎科技秦皇岛有限公司 Line carrier plate and its manufacturing method
TWI658557B (en) * 2017-02-21 2019-05-01 大陸商碁鼎科技秦皇島有限公司 Load circuit board and methord for manufacturing the same
CN108461405B (en) * 2017-02-21 2020-04-10 碁鼎科技秦皇岛有限公司 Circuit carrier plate and manufacturing method thereof
US11746083B2 (en) 2020-12-30 2023-09-05 Industrial Technology Research Institute Compound, resin composition and laminated substrate thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102471460B (en) 2015-10-21
CN102471460A (en) 2012-05-23
KR20120022784A (en) 2012-03-12
KR101317259B1 (en) 2013-10-14
JPWO2011004756A1 (en) 2012-12-20
WO2011004756A1 (en) 2011-01-13
TWI495662B (en) 2015-08-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201113312A (en) Thermosetting composition for protective film for wiring board
TWI614306B (en) Polyurethane resin composition and adhesive composition, laminate and printed circuit board using the same
JP5135698B2 (en) Modified polyimide resin containing polycarbonate, composition thereof and cured insulating film
KR101276986B1 (en) (poly)carbonate polyol and carboxyl group-containing polyurethane using the (poly)carbonate polyol as starting material
TW201241081A (en) Thermal-curable resin composition comprising carboxyl-containing modified ester resin
TWI622602B (en) Curable composition, cured product, protective film, coated flexible circuit board and manufacturing method thereof
TW201237101A (en) Resin composition, cured object, resin film, and wiring board
KR102112437B1 (en) Curable composition, cured film and overcoat film using the composition
TWI678398B (en) Polyurethane resin modified with urethane
TWI529187B (en) Carboxyl-containing polyurethanes
TW201141946A (en) Thermosetting composition
JP5017894B2 (en) Modified polyimide resin composition
JP2011137108A (en) Thermosetting composition for protective film of wiring board
JP2011063696A (en) Modified urethane resin curable composition and cured product thereof
JP2010150463A (en) Curable urethane resin, curable resin composition including the resin and method of producing curable urethane resin
JP6750289B2 (en) Thermosetting resin composition and flexible wiring board
TWI623567B (en) Polyesterimide resin film and resin and resin composition used for the resin film
KR102112436B1 (en) Curable composition, cured film and overcoat film using the composition
TWI757764B (en) Polyurethane and curable composition
JP2010001428A (en) New polyimide precursor composition solution and use of the same
TWI753456B (en) Curable composition, cured object, overcoat film and flexible wiring board and a method of manufacturing thereof
WO2020137347A1 (en) Method for producing polyurethane, method for producing curable composition, method for producing cured product, method for producing overcoat film and method for producing flexible wiring board
TW201805341A (en) Polyesterimide resin film, resin used therein and resin composition simultaneously having good heat resistance, flexibility and low moisture absorption property
TW202106741A (en) Cured object, overcoat film, and flexible wiring board